These terms and conditions govern your use of the website alphaminr.com and its related
services.
These Terms and Conditions (“Terms”) are a binding contract between you and Alphaminr,
(“Alphaminr”, “we”, “us” and “service”). You must agree to and accept the Terms. These Terms
include the provisions in this document as well as those in the Privacy Policy. These terms may
be modified at any time.
Subscription
Your subscription will be on a month to month basis and automatically renew every month. You may
terminate your subscription at any time through your account.
Fees
We will provide you with advance notice of any change in fees.
Usage
You represent that you are of legal age to form a binding contract. You are responsible for any
activity associated with your account. The account can be logged in at only one computer at a
time.
The Services are intended for your own individual use. You shall only use the Services in a
manner that complies with all laws. You may not use any automated software, spider or system to
scrape data from Alphaminr.
Limitation of Liability
Alphaminr is not a financial advisor and does not provide financial advice of any kind. The
service is provided “As is”. The materials and information accessible through the Service are
solely for informational purposes. While we strive to provide good information and data, we make
no guarantee or warranty as to its accuracy.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ALPHAMINR BE LIABLE TO
YOU FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR INVESTMENT LOSSES, LOSS OF DATA, OR ACCURACY
OF DATA, OR FOR ANY AMOUNT, IN THE AGGREGATE, IN EXCESS OF THE GREATER OF (1) FIFTY DOLLARS OR
(2) THE AMOUNTS PAID BY YOU TO ALPHAMINR IN THE SIX MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THIS APPLICABLE
CLAIM. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR
CERTAIN OTHER DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
If any provision of these Terms is found to be invalid under any applicable law, such provision
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions herein.
Privacy Policy
This privacy policy describes how we (“Alphaminr”) collect, use, share and protect your personal
information when we provide our service (“Service”). This Privacy Policy explains how
information is collected about you either directly or indirectly. By using our service, you
acknowledge the terms of this Privacy Notice. If you do not agree to the terms of this Privacy
Policy, please do not use our Service. You should contact us if you have questions about it. We
may modify this Privacy Policy periodically.
Personal Information
When you register for our Service, we collect information from you such as your name, email
address and credit card information.
Usage
Like many other websites we use “cookies”, which are small text files that are stored on your
computer or other device that record your preferences and actions, including how you use the
website. You can set your browser or device to refuse all cookies or to alert you when a cookie
is being sent. If you delete your cookies, if you opt-out from cookies, some Services may not
function properly. We collect information when you use our Service. This includes which pages
you visit.
Sharing of Personal Information
We use Google Analytics and we use Stripe for payment processing. We will not share the
information we collect with third parties for promotional purposes.
We may share personal information with law enforcement as required or permitted by law.
Av. Presidente Masaryk 8
,
Polanco V Sección, Miguel Hidalgo
,
Mexico City
,
Mexico
11560
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Common Shares
TBBB
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
Class A Common Shares
62,048,108
Class B Common Shares
5,200,000
Class C Common Shares
47,518,697
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes
No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
The term ‘‘new or revised financial accounting standard’’ refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by checkmark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP
International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
Other
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17
Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this annual report to “Tiendas 3B,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” and similar terms are to BBB Foods Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries; references to our “principal shareholder” are to Bolton Partners Ltd., a vehicle affiliated with Mr. K. Anthony Hatoum, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.
The term “Companies Act” refers to the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended) of the British Virgin Islands.
The term “sales” refers to our Revenue from sales of merchandise.
Currency Information
The term “Mexican peso” and the symbol “Ps.” refer to the legal currency of Mexico, and the term “U.S. dollar” and the symbol “US$” refer to the legal currency of the United States.
This annual report contains translations of certain Mexican peso amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates solely for the convenience of the reader. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Mexican peso amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate indicated as of the dates mentioned herein or at any other rate. Unless otherwise indicated, we have translated Mexican peso amounts into U.S. dollars at the rate of Ps.20.2683 per US$1.00, the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on December 31, 2024 published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Mexican Federal Official Gazette (
Diario Oficial de la Federación
, or the “Official Gazette”). In addition, we have translated the U.S. dollar amounts outstanding on the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes (described under Item 5B - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes) as of December 31, 2023 into Mexican pesos at the rate of Ps.16.89 per US$1.00 (the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on December 31, 2023, published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Official Gazette) and as of December 31, 2022 at the rate of Ps.19.36 per US$1.00 (the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on December 31, 2022 published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Official Gazette).
Financial Statement Presentation
The Company was incorporated on July 9, 2004 in the British Virgin Islands with company number 605635.
The financial information presented herein has been derived from our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), and included elsewhere in this annual report.
Rounding Adjustments
We have made rounding adjustments to certain numbers presented in this annual report. As a result, numerical figures presented as totals may not always be the exact arithmetic results of their components. Percentage figures included in this annual report have not, in all cases, been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, certain percentage amounts in this annual report may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this annual report.
This annual report contains data related to economic conditions in the market in which we operate. The information contained in this annual report concerning economic conditions is based on publicly available information from third-party sources that we believe to be reliable. Market data and certain industry forecast data used in this annual report were derived from our management’s knowledge and our experience in the industry, internal reports and studies, where appropriate, as well as estimates, market research, publicly available information and industry publications. We obtained the information included in this annual report relating to the industry in which we operate, as well as the estimates concerning market shares, through internal research, public information and publications on the industry prepared by official public sources, such as the Mexican Central Bank (
Banco de México
).
Industry publications, governmental publications, and other market sources, including those referred to above, generally state that the information they include has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have no reason to believe any of this information or these reports are inaccurate in any material respect and believe and act as if they are reliable. We have not independently verified it and they are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors.” Estimates of market and industry data are based on statistical models, key assumptions and limited data sampling, and actual market and industry data may differ significantly from estimated industry data. In addition, the data that we compile internally, and our estimates have not been verified by an independent source. Information derived from management’s knowledge and our experience is presented on a reasonable, good faith basis. Except as disclosed in this annual report, none of the publications, reports or other published industry sources referred to in this annual report were commissioned by us or prepared at our request. Except as disclosed in this annual report, we have not sought or obtained the consent of any of these sources to include such market data in this annual report.
Trademarks and Trade Names
We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate name, logos, and website names. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this annual report are listed without the ® and
TM
symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks and trade names.
Other Terms
In this annual report, we present a key operating metric, which we believe serve as measures of our operations.
We measure “Same Store Sales” using revenue from sales of merchandise from stores that were operational for at least the full preceding 12 months for the periods under consideration. When calculating this measure, we exclude stores that were temporarily closed (for one month or more) or permanently closed during the periods under consideration.
We measure Same Store Sales growth by comparing the Same Store Sales of stores that were open during the measurement period. For example, if a store began operations on September 1, 2024, it would not be included in Same Store Sales growth for the years ending December 31, 2024 or 2025. However, such store would be included in Same Store Sales growth for the year ending December 31, 2026. Our calculation of Same Store Sales may differ from Same Store Sales or similar metrics reported by other retailers.
Our management believes that Same Stores Sales is a relevant measure of the sales performance of a portfolio of stores that have been operating during the period under consideration. It enables us to assess how our existing stores’ sales over a comparable period are performing year-over-year, excluding the impact of new store openings or closures, allowing us to measure the growth performance attributable to the existing store base.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARD
ING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements within the meaning of U.S. federal securities laws. You can identify these statements because they are not limited to historical fact or they use words such as “outlook,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “confident,” “opportunities,” “goal,” “prospect,” “positioned,” “intend,” “committed,” “continue,” “future,” “guidance,” “years ahead,” “looking ahead,” “going forward,” “focused on,” “will likely result,” “can,” “project,” “accelerate,” “schedule,” “on track,” “seek,” “ensure,” “potential,” “objective,” “focused on,” “predict,” “look to,” “likely to,” “scheduled to,” or “subject to” and similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans, intentions, initiatives, or beliefs about future occurrences or results.
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. There is no assurance that the expected events, trends or results will actually occur and we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements and estimates whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our current belief or expectations as of the date of this annual report and estimates on future events and trends that affect or may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, prospects and the trading price of our Class A common shares. Although such forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and information currently available to us, which we believe to be reasonable, none of the forward-looking statements, whether expressed or implied, are indicative of or guarantee future results. Given such limitations, you should not make any investment decision on the basis of the forward-looking statements contained herein.
All forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors (including, without limitation, those described under “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors”) that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those which we expected. Key factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements, include, but are not limited to:
•
economic factors reducing our customers’ spending, impairing our ability to execute our strategies and initiatives, and increasing our costs and expenses, resulting in materially decreased sales or profitability;
•
failure to achieve or sustain our strategies and initiatives, including those relating to store openings, sourcing and supplier relationships, private label product development and cost initiatives, inventory management, supply chain, store operations, expense reduction and technology;
•
risks associated with our private label products, including, but not limited to, our level of success in improving their margins;
•
our ability to successfully identify, lease, obtain permits for and adapt real estate spaces for stores and distribution centers;
•
our ability to renew our existing leases on terms that are not detrimental to us;
•
competitive pressures and changes in the business environment and the geographic and product markets where we operate, including, but not limited to, pricing, promotional activity, expanded availability of mobile, web-based and other digital technologies, and alliances or other business combinations;
•
our failure to attract, train and retain qualified employees while controlling labor costs and other labor issues;
•
our loss of key personnel, including regional management, or inability to hire additional qualified personnel;
sustainability of negative levels of working capital;
•
product liability, product recall or other product safety or labeling claims;
•
risks and challenges associated with sourcing merchandise from suppliers, including, but not limited to, those related to international trade;
•
failure to successfully manage inventory balances;
•
a significant disruption to our distribution network, the capacity of our distribution centers or the timely receipt of inventory, or delays in constructing or opening new distribution centers;
•
damage or interruption to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or challenges in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology;
•
failure to maintain the security of our business, customer, employee or vendor information or to comply with privacy laws;
•
the impact of changes in or noncompliance with laws and governmental regulations and requirements (including, but not limited to, those relating to environmental compliance, product and food safety or labeling, information security and privacy, labor and employment, employee wages, and those governing the sale of products, as well as tax laws, the interpretation of existing tax laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions, in each case negatively affecting our tax rate) and developments in or outcomes of private actions, class actions, multi-district litigation, arbitrations, derivative actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation;
•
incurrence of material uninsured losses, excessive insurance costs or accident costs;
•
deterioration in market conditions, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, or changes in our credit profile;
•
risks related to public health crises, including, but not limited to, the effects on our supply chain, distribution network, store and distribution center growth or customers’ spending patterns;
•
natural disasters, unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), pandemic outbreaks or other health crises, acts of violence or terrorism, and global political events;
•
changes to, or withdrawals from, free trade agreements, including the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (the “USMCA") to which Mexico is a party; and
•
additional factors that may be disclosed under “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”
We caution you that the foregoing list of significant factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report may not in fact occur. Many of these risks are beyond our ability to control or predict. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this annual report.
We cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. We undertake no obligation, and specifically disclaim any duty, to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required by law. As a result of these
risks and uncertainties, we caution you not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements included herein or that may be made elsewhere from time to time by, or on behalf of, us.
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
A.
[Reserved]
B.
CAPITALI
ZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
Not applicable.
C.
REASONS FOR T
HE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
D.
RISK
FACTORS
The following summarizes some, but not all, of the principal risks provided below. Please carefully consider all of the information discussed in this “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors” in this annual report for a detailed description of these and other risks.
•
economic factors reducing our customers’ spending, impairing our ability to execute our strategies and initiatives, and increasing our costs and expenses, resulting in materially decreased sales or profitability;
•
failure to achieve or sustain our strategies and initiatives, including those relating to store openings, sourcing and supplier relationships, private label product development and cost initiatives, inventory management, supply chain, store operations, expense reduction and technology;
•
risks associated with our private label products, including, but not limited to, our level of success in improving their margins;
•
our ability to successfully identify, lease, obtain permits for and adapt real estate spaces for stores and distribution centers;
•
our ability to renew our existing leases on terms that are not detrimental to us;
•
competitive pressures and changes in the business environment and the geographic and product markets where we operate, including, but not limited to, pricing, promotional activity, expanded availability of mobile, web-based and other digital technologies, and alliances or other business combinations;
•
our failure to attract, train and retain qualified employees while controlling labor costs and other labor issues;
•
our loss of key personnel, including regional management, or inability to hire additional qualified personnel;
sustainability of negative levels of working capital;
•
product liability, product recall or other product safety or labeling claims;
•
risks and challenges associated with sourcing merchandise from suppliers, including, but not limited to, those related to international trade;
•
failure to successfully manage inventory balances;
•
a significant disruption to our distribution network, the capacity of our distribution centers or the timely receipt of inventory, or delays in constructing or opening new distribution centers;
•
damage or interruption to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or challenges in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology;
•
failure to maintain the security of our business, customer, employee or vendor information or to comply with privacy laws;
•
the impact of changes in or noncompliance with laws and governmental regulations and requirements (including, but not limited to, those relating to environmental compliance, product and food safety or labeling, information security and privacy, labor and employment, employee wages, and those governing the sale of products, as well as tax laws, the interpretation of existing tax laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions, in each case negatively affecting our tax rate) and developments in or outcomes of private actions, class actions, multi-district litigation, arbitrations, derivative actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation;
•
incurrence of material uninsured losses, excessive insurance costs or accident costs;
•
deterioration in market conditions, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, or changes in our credit profile;
•
risks related to public health crises, including but not limited to, the effects on our supply chain, distribution network, store and distribution center growth or customers’ spending patterns;
•
natural disasters, unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), pandemic outbreaks or other health crises, acts of violence or terrorism, and global political events;
•
changes to, or withdrawals from, free trade agreements, including the USMCA, to which Mexico is a party; and
•
difficulties you may experience because we are a British Virgin Islands company in obtaining or enforcing judgments against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
Economic factors may reduce our customers’ spending, impair our ability to execute our strategies and initiatives, and increase our costs and expenses, which could result in materially decreased sales or profitability.
Many of our customers have fixed or low incomes and limited discretionary spending resources. Any factor that could adversely affect their disposable income could impact potential customers’ ability to shop in our stores as well as decrease their spending or cause them to shift their spending to our lower price and lower margin product choices, which could result in materially lower sales and/or profitability. Factors that could reduce our customers’ disposable income include but are not limited to unemployment or underemployment or decline in real wages;
inflation; pandemics; higher fuel, energy, healthcare and housing costs, interest rates and tax rates; lack of available credit; and decreases in, or elimination of, government subsidies such as assistance programs.
Many of the economic factors listed above, as well as commodity rates; transportation, energy costs, lease and insurance costs; wage rates; foreign exchange rate fluctuations; measures that create barriers to or increase the costs of international trade (including increased import duties or tariffs); changes in applicable laws and regulations; reduction in the level of remittances and other economic factors, also could impair our ability to successfully execute our strategies and initiatives, as well as increase our cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses (including real estate costs), and may have other adverse consequences that we are unable to fully anticipate or control, all of which may materially decrease our sales or profitability.
Our plans depend significantly on strategies and initiatives designed to increase sales and profitability and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could materially affect our results of operations.
We have short-term and long-term strategies and initiatives, which are designed to continue to improve our results of operations and financial condition. These include initiatives such as those relating to merchandising, real estate and new store development, private label product development, inventory management, supply chain, store operations, expense reduction, and technology. The effectiveness of these initiatives is inherently uncertain, even when tested successfully, and is dependent on consistency of training and execution, workforce stability, ease of execution and scalability, and the absence of offsetting factors that can influence results adversely. The number of our stores and distribution centers and our decentralized field management also contribute to the challenging nature of these factors. Other risk factors described herein also could negatively affect general implementation. Failure to achieve successful or cost-effective implementation of our initiatives could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The success of our merchandising initiatives depends in part on our ability to predict the products that our customers will demand and to identify and timely respond to evolving trends in consumer preferences and demographic shifts in our markets. If we are unable to select and timely obtain products that are attractive to customers and at costs that allow us to sell them at an acceptable profit, or to effectively market such products, it could result in materially decreased sales and profitability.
We have experienced rapid growth in the past and there can be no assurance that the growth rate of our business will continue at such levels in the future.
We have experienced rapid growth as a business since our inception in 2005. Our growth has been largely focused in 16 states across the center of Mexico which are generally more densely populated and developed than other regions in Mexico. Expansion into new regions involves risks and uncertainties related to our ability to replicate our business model, efficiently expand our logistics capabilities and achieve profitability. Although we expect to continue to grow our store network, including by expanding into new regions, we cannot assure that we will be able to achieve a similar growth rate in store openings, that stores in untested regions will be equally profitable or that we will be able to replicate our distribution network model in new regions.
Our growth depends on our ability to successfully lease, obtain permits for and adapt real estate spaces for stores and distribution centers.
Our expansion depends, in part, on our ability to identify retail space and distribution center space that is attractive in terms of location, size and the contractual conditions of the lease, as well as on our ability to obtain the necessary permits for such spaces on a timely basis. In order to be suitable, retail locations must comply with certain characteristics in terms of size and configuration for our business model, which might not be widely available in the market at any given time. In addition, the market for commercial property and industrial property in large metropolitan areas in Mexico is increasingly competitive and we believe that competition for such properties is likely to continue increasing. If we fail to identify and secure such spaces on a timely basis for any reason, including as a result of competition from other companies seeking similar locations or our inability to obtain the necessary permits, our anticipated growth may be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that we will successfully
identify and lease suitable properties, lease such properties on acceptable terms on a timely basis or obtain the necessary permits to begin operating new stores.
The performance and operation of our business are subject to risks associated with our leased property portfolio.
We lease all the retail locations for our retail stores which are generally subject to periodic rent review, lease expiry and renegotiation. As a result, we are susceptible to changes in the property rental market, such as increases in market rents. Our stores are also subject to various local laws and regulatory requirements.
New stores and stores with renewed lease terms may not produce anticipated levels of revenue while increasing our costs, which would increase our expenses as a percentage of sales and adversely affect our competitive position and profitability. There can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to renew our store lease agreements on acceptable terms or at all as they expire. In addition, we must comply on an ongoing basis with the various applicable local laws and regulatory requirements. If we are unable to renew lease agreements for existing store locations as they expire or lease other favorable locations on acceptable terms, or if our existing rental agreements are terminated or revised to our detriment for any reason, or if we fail to comply with applicable local laws and regulatory requirements, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.
Our financial results are subject to risks relating to competition and narrow profit margins in the food retail industry, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
The retail food industry in Mexico is highly fragmented and increasingly competitive and our market and strategy are generally characterized by narrow profit margins. Market participants in our industry generally compete with respect to price, customers, store location, merchandise quality, product assortment and presentation, service offerings, in-stock consistency, customer service, ease of shopping experience, promotional activity, employees, and market share. We compete with hard discount stores such as Bodega Aurrera Express, Tiendas Neto and Tiendas BARA, discount formats of large retailers such as Bodega Aurrera, Walmart-Express, Súper Ché, Soriana Mercado, among others, and also with other retailers, including international, national, regional and local supermarket chains, independent grocery stores, specialty food stores, convenience stores, open-air markets, bodegas, small grocery stores, general merchandisers and discount retailers. We also expect to see increased competition from government-run stores (
Tiendas del Bienestar
), whose product offering is being expanded by the current administration, to sell more consumer staples and necessities at low prices. In particular, we compete against informal vendors which represent a significant part of the Mexican economy. Informal vendors also have different formats, from small street side stands to larger, well stocked neighborhood shops or specialty stands in markets, all of which target a customer segment similar to ours. Given the informal nature of their operations, informal vendors are able to offer substantial cost savings to customers.
Our ability to compete depends on our ability to maintain our existing stores and open new stores in advantageous locations, as well as to offer the most competitive prices. To maintain competitive prices, we may be required to lower them, either temporarily or permanently, and may have limited ability to increase them in response to increased costs, resulting in lower margins and reduced profitability. Some of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources, and may be able to secure better arrangements with suppliers than us.
Competition is intense, and is expected to continue to be so as we expand within Mexico and start competing against regional players. Some of our competitors may seek to reduce their store locations while others enter or increase their presence in our geographic and product markets (including through the expansion of the availability of delivery services) and expand the availability of mobile, web-based and other digital technologies, to facilitate a more convenient and competitive online and in-store shopping experience. If our competitors or other discount food retailers were to enter our industry in a significant way, including through alliances or other business combinations, it could significantly alter the competitive dynamics of the retail marketplace and result in competitors with greatly improved competitive positions, which could materially affect our financial performance. Our ability to effectively compete will depend substantially on our continued ability to develop and execute compelling and cost-effective strategies and initiatives. If we fail to anticipate or respond effectively to competitive pressures and industry changes, it could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Failure to attract, develop and retain qualified employees while controlling labor costs, as well as other labor issues, could adversely affect our financial performance.
Our future growth and performance, positive customer experience and legal and regulatory compliance depends on our ability to attract, develop, retain and motivate qualified employees while operating in an industry challenged by historically high rates of employee turnover. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel, unemployment levels, wage rates (including the heightened possibility of increased federal, state and/or local minimum wage rates), health and other insurance costs, changes in employment and labor laws or other workplace regulations (including those relating to employee benefit programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs or the proposed labor law reform in Mexico aimed at reducing the maximum working hours per week that was recently being discussed by Mexican Congress and could be reintroduced in future legislative terms), employee activism, and our reputation and relevance within the labor market. If we are unable to attract, develop and retain adequate numbers of qualified employees, our operations, customer service levels, legal and regulatory compliance, and support functions could suffer. In addition, to the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor and other related costs could increase. Our ability to pass along labor and other related costs to our customers is constrained by our everyday low-price model, and we may not be able to offset such increased costs elsewhere in our business.
Our success depends on our executive officers, our regional management and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.
Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers, and other key personnel. Importantly, given our decentralized management structure, we depend significantly on our regional management teams. The unexpected loss of the services of any of such persons could adversely affect our operations. There can be no assurance that our executive succession planning, retention or hiring efforts will be successful. Competition for skilled and experienced management personnel is intense, and a failure to attract and retain new qualified personnel could adversely affect our operations.
Our private labels may not be successful in improving our gross profit and may increase certain of the risks we face.
Our business has expanded its own range of private label items, which included 108 different private label brands and over 458 stock keeping units (“SKUs”) as of December 31, 2024, representing 53.6% of our sales for 2024. These private labels are important for future growth prospects as private label items offer an important source of differentiation against our competitors and also generally offer more attractive margins. The sale and expansion of these offerings also subjects us to or increases certain risks, such as: product liability claims and product recalls; disruptions in raw material and finished product supply and distribution chains; inability to successfully protect our proprietary rights; claims related to trademarks and proprietary rights of third parties; supplier labor and human rights issues, and other risks generally encountered by entities that source, sell and market exclusive branded offerings for retail. Further, most of our private label items are manufactured in Mexico, and while our policies set out standards for ethical business practices, it does not control these manufacturers or their labor or other business practices. Maintaining broad market acceptance of our private label items depends on many factors, including pricing, costs, quality and customer perception, and we may not achieve or maintain expected sales for our private label items.
Failure to appropriately address these risks could materially and adversely affect our private label initiatives, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.
Expansion into new product categories may carry significant risks and impact our operational results.
Our expansion into new product categories, including perishables, may present significant risks, potentially leading to adverse effects on our operational results. Introducing new products or categories requires substantial investment in procurement, storage, distribution, and marketing, as well as regulatory compliance and additional market competition. Specifically, perishables pose unique challenges due to their limited shelf life, needing rapid turnover and high-quality supply chain management to prevent loss. In addition, there is also the inherent risk that
these new products or categories may not resonate with our customers, leading to underwhelming sales, excess inventory, and reduced margins. Failure to successfully anticipate consumer preference or efficiently manage these expanded offerings could result in unsold inventory, and financial losses, all of which could negatively impact our profitability and operating results.
Risks associated with or faced by our suppliers could adversely affect our financial performance.
We source our merchandise and private label products from a wide variety of primarily domestic suppliers. Our ability to offer a wide variety of products to our customers depends on our ability to obtain adequate products and supplies from manufacturers and other suppliers. Our suppliers’ ability to timely manufacture and deliver the products we purchase may be subject to changes to the prices and flow of goods and ingredients and most often are for reasons beyond our control, such as political or civil unrest, acts of war, currency fluctuations, disruptions in maritime lanes, port labor disputes, economic conditions and instability in countries in which foreign suppliers are located, the financial instability of suppliers, failure to meet our terms and conditions or our standards, issues with our suppliers’ labor practices or labor problems they may experience (such as strikes, stoppages or slowdowns, which could also increase labor costs during and following the disruption), the availability and cost of raw materials, pandemic outbreaks, merchandise quality or safety issues, transport availability and cost, increases in wage rates and taxes, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to suppliers and the countries in which they are located or from which they import. Such changes could adversely affect our operations and profitability.
Our ability to maintain the accelerated growth rate we have experienced is heavily dependent, among other factors, on the ability of our suppliers to increase their capacity so they are able to fulfill our purchase orders at the same pace we expand and open new stores. Our suppliers may need to increase their capital expenditures and incur significant costs to increase such capacity. To the extent our suppliers are not able to increase their production and fulfillment capacity at the same rate we have grown, our ability to continue expanding rapidly may be impaired and as a result our margins and results of operations may be adversely affected. Additionally, if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, we could experience merchandise sellouts that could lead to lost sales and reputational harm. Further, failure of suppliers to meet our compliance protocols could prolong our procurement lead time, resulting in lost sales and adverse margin impact.
In the course of our operations, divergences and disputes may arise with our suppliers, including in relation to the terms of service and payment, which may result in an interruption or termination of our relationship with one or more suppliers, due to our election or as a result of actions by such supplier. Any such interruption or termination of a relationship could adversely affect our operations until such time as we replace such supplier. Any interruption or termination that has not been previously anticipated, especially if it results in interruption of our services or delivery of merchandise, could result in lost sales and adverse margin impact during any period in which such interruption is ongoing and result in reputational harm.
In the year ended December 31, 2024, we purchased products from 346 suppliers, with our largest supplier accounting for 3.6% of our total purchases, and the five largest suppliers accounting for 15.3% of our total purchases. Although we have developed a broad network of suppliers, some of our top selling products are only supplied by a single supplier or manufacturer. If any such single supply source becomes unavailable for any reason, replacing such supplier may be costly and adversely affect our ability to sell a given product until an adequate replacement is found. This risk is especially pronounced for our private label products where a supplier’s failure could adversely affect the availability of a specific product across our entire store network. While we generally believe substitute suppliers are available, until such a replacement is found and such supplier passes our quality control assessments, we could face a temporary reduction in store inventory levels and/or a reduction in the quality of our merchandise. These factors could materially decrease our sales, reduce our margins and adversely affect our results of operations.
Our trademarks and trade names may be misappropriated or challenged by others.
We own the material trademark and trade name rights used in connection with our brands, private labels and the marketing and sale of our products. We believe our brand names and related intellectual property are important to our continued success. We attempt to protect our trademarks and trade names by exercising our rights under applicable trademark and copyright laws. Any infringement of our intellectual property rights would likely
result in a commitment of our time and resources to protect these rights through litigation or otherwise, which could be expensive and time-consuming. If we were to fail to protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We are subject and may continue to be subject to trademark disputes relating to the products that we sell and if we were to fail to protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We maintain a negative working capital position.
As is customary for businesses with high inventory turnover and strict control over working capital, we consistently maintain a negative working capital position.
Although we have received funding through a combination of equity issuances and incurrence of debt to fund our foundation and initial growth, our working capital and capital expenditure requirements have historically been funded entirely from cash generated by our operations. In addition to the proceeds that we received from our initial public offering (our “IPO”), cash flows from our operating activities have been, and we expect that these cash flows will continue to be, the single largest source of our liquidity and capital resources.
Negative working capital is an important driver in our cash flow from operating activities and is used to finance our store expansion. Our negative working capital and increases in our negative working capital has been and is expected to continue to be a major source of capital resources.
If our revenues decrease materially, or key suppliers change payment terms, we may not have enough available cash to meet our obligations as they become due or fund our expansion. Further, we may not be able to raise additional funds on satisfactory terms, if at all, through equity or debt financings to meet our obligations or continue funding our expansion. In such an event, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our business development or expansion efforts. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected as a result.
As a result of selling food products, we face the risk of product liability claims and adverse publicity.
The packaging, marketing, distribution and sale of food products purchased from others, as well as the production of foods under our private label brand names, entail an inherent risk of contamination or deterioration, which could potentially lead to product liability, product recall and resultant adverse liability and publicity. These products may contain contaminants that could, in certain cases, cause illness, injury or death to consumers. Our suppliers are legally responsible for any contamination or damage to goods during the production phase. However, we become legally responsible for any such defects from the moment we accept the goods from our suppliers. In many instances, it is difficult to determine during what phase contamination or damage occurred. There can be no assurance that any claims will not be asserted against us in the future or that we will not be forced to undertake significant product recalls. Moreover, we do not have product liability insurance and do not have contractual indemnification provisions in all cases. If a material product liability claim were successful, contractual indemnifications may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur. If we do not have adequate contractual indemnification available product liability claims relating to defective products could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully market our products and on our financial condition and operating results.
Even if a product liability claim is not successful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any alleged contamination or deterioration of our private label products could have a material adverse effect on our brand, image and profitability of these products.
Inventory shrinkage may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Although historically we have not experienced significant inventory shrinkage, inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business. Higher rates of inventory shrinkage or increased security or other costs to combat inventory theft could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to contain or reduce inventory shrinkage.
Our return policy may negatively affect our profitability and financial condition.
Our commitment to customer satisfaction includes a no-questions-asked no-receipt needed money-back return policy, which, while enhancing consumer confidence and loyalty, also exposes us to certain financial risks. This policy can lead to a higher volume of returned merchandise compared to competitors with more restrictive return policies. Handling returns involves additional logistics, restocking, and customer service costs, and can result in the inability to resell returned products at full price, particularly if they are perishable, used, or no longer in salable condition. High return rates can lead to increased waste, affect inventory management, and result in financial losses, impacting our margins and overall profitability. The financial impact could include additional expenses related to the processing and disposition of returns, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Our cash flows from operations, profitability and financial condition may be negatively affected if we are not successful in managing our inventory balances.
Our inventory balance represented 13.3% and 15.8% of our total assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability. We must maintain sufficient inventory levels and an appropriate product mix to meet our customers’ demands without allowing those levels to increase such that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impacts our financial results or increases the risk of inventory shrinkage. If we do not accurately predict customer trends, spending levels, or price sensitivity, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of the excess inventory, which also can adversely affect our financial results. We continue to focus on ways to reduce these risks, but we cannot make assurances that we will be successful in our inventory management. If we are not successful in managing our inventory balances, our cash flows from operations and financial condition may be negatively affected.
A significant disruption to our distribution network, the capacity of our distribution centers or the timely receipt of inventory could adversely affect sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profitability.
We rely on our distribution and transportation network to provide goods to our stores timely and cost-effectively. We and our vendors primarily rely on trucks to move goods from vendor locations to our distribution centers and our stores. Any disruption, unanticipated or unusual expense or operational failure related to this process (e.g., delivery delays, including as a result of pandemic outbreaks, or increases in transportation costs (such as those we experienced during 2021 and continue to experience), including increased fuel costs, import freight costs, a decrease in transportation capacity; or labor shortages) could negatively impact sales and profits. Labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry or disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure, including as a result of pandemics, war or natural disasters, could also increase our costs or otherwise negatively affect our business.
As of December 31, 2024, all of our 16 distribution centers were leased by us, and we are analyzing the expansion of our distribution capabilities in line with our store openings. Delays in opening new facilities as they become necessary, termination of the leases of our distribution centers, renewing leases on less advantageous terms for existing facilities, or our failure to integrate new facilities, could adversely affect our financial performance by slowing store growth or by increasing transportation and product costs. In addition, distribution-related construction or expansion projects entail risks that could cause delays and cost overruns, such as: shortages of materials or skilled labor; work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and unanticipated cost increases. For these reasons, the completion date and ultimate cost of these projects could differ significantly from initial expectations, and we cannot guarantee that any project will be completed on time or within established budgets.
Material damage or interruptions to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or challenges in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We depend on a variety of information technology systems, including systems owned and managed by third-party vendors, for the efficient functioning of our business, including, without limitation, transaction processing and the management of our employees, facilities, logistics, inventories, stores and customer-facing digital
applications and operations. Our technology initiatives may not deliver desired results or may do so on a delayed schedule. Additionally, such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power surges and outages, facility damage, physical theft, computer and telecommunications failures, inadequate or ineffective redundancy, malicious code (including malware, ransomware, or similar), successful attacks (e.g., account compromise; phishing; denial of service; and application, network or system vulnerability exploitation), software upgrade failures or code defects, natural disasters and human error. Design defects, damage to, or interruption to these systems may require a significant investment to repair or replace, disrupt our operations, result in the loss or corruption of critical data, and harm our reputation, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business or results of operations. Moreover, developing or implementing new technologies may result in risks associated with unfamiliar or untested technology, such as loss or corruption of critical data, logistics failures among other undesired results.
Failure to maintain the security of our business, customer, employee or vendor information or to comply with privacy laws could expose us to litigation, government enforcement actions and costly response measures, and could materially harm our reputation and affect our business and financial performance.
In connection with sales, we transmit confidential credit and debit card information which is encrypted using point-to-point encryption. We also have access to, collect or maintain certain private or confidential information regarding our customers, employees and their dependents, and vendors, as well as our business. Some of this information is stored electronically, some of which may leverage third-party service providers. Additionally, we may share information with select vendors that assist us in conducting our business. While we have implemented procedures and technology intended to protect such information and require appropriate controls of our vendors, external attackers could compromise such controls and result in unauthorized disclosure of such information, as attacks are becoming increasingly sophisticated, may include attacks on our third-party business partners, and do not always or immediately produce detectable indicators of compromise. Moreover, inadvertent or malicious internal personnel actions could result in a defeat of security measures and a compromise of our or our third-party vendors’ information systems. Like other retailers, we and our vendors have experienced threats to, and infrequent immaterial incidents involving, data and systems, including by perpetrators of attempted random or targeted malicious attacks; computer malware, ransomware, bots, or other destructive or disruptive software; and attempts to misappropriate our information and cause system failures and disruptions. If attackers obtain customer, employee or vendor passwords through unrelated third-party breaches, and if impacted customers, employees, or vendors do not employ good online security practices (e.g., use the same password across different sites), these passwords could be used to gain access to their information or accounts with us in certain situations.
A significant security breach of any kind experienced by us or one of our vendors, which could be undetected for a period of time, or a significant failure by us or one of our vendors to comply with applicable privacy and information security laws, regulations and standards could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, government enforcement actions, fines or penalties, credit card brand assessments, negative publicity and reputational harm, business disruption and costly response measures (e.g., providing notification to, and credit monitoring services for, affected individuals, as well as further upgrades to our security measures) which may not be covered by or may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies, and could materially disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our reputation which could cause us to lose market share and could materially and adversely affect our business and financial performance.
Natural disasters and unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), pandemic outbreaks or other health crises, political or civil unrest, acts of violence or terrorism, and disruptive global political events could disrupt business and result in lower sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.
The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as Hurricane Otis and Hurricane John that struck Acapulco, Guerrero on Mexico’s pacific coast on October 25, 2023 and September 23, 2024, respectively, where we have 54 stores, and other future hurricanes, fires, floods, tornadoes, earthquakes, unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks or other health crises, political or civil unrest, acts of violence or terrorism, looting (including within our stores, distribution centers or other Company property), or disruptive global political events or similar disruptions could adversely affect our reputation, business and financial performance. If any of these events result in the closure, or a limitation on operating hours, of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, our sourcing offices, our corporate headquarters or data center or impact one or more of our key suppliers,
our operations and financial performance could be materially and adversely affected through an inability or reduced ability to make deliveries, process payroll or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. For example, as a result of Hurricane Otis and Hurricane John, our stores in Acapulco and surrounding areas suffered significant damages and property loss. Given the extensive damage to Acapulco’s infrastructure, its population and their property, 51 stores were temporarily closed and thus we have delayed our expansion plans in the city which may affect our broader expansion plans, operations and financial performance. Although our stores were covered by insurance, we can provide no assurance that our insurers will cover all or a substantial amount of the losses incurred. Moreover, even if we receive adequate compensation from insurers, there is no guaranty that economic conditions in Acapulco will recover in a manner that will allow us to operate under the same conditions that prevailed before the storm.
These events also could affect consumer shopping patterns or prevent customers from reaching our stores, which could lead to lost sales and higher markdowns, or result in increases in fuel or other energy prices, fuel shortage(s), new store or distribution center opening delays, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption of product availability in our stores, the temporary or long-term inability to obtain or access technology needed to effectively run our business, disruption of our utility services or information systems, and damage to our reputation. These events may also increase the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage by us or in the market more generally.
Our current insurance program may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance.
Our insurance coverage reflects deductibles, self-insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are prudent based on our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, certain crimes (including employee crime), certain wage and hour and other employment-related claims and litigation, actions based on certain consumer protection laws, and some natural and other disasters or similar events. If we incur material uninsured losses, our financial performance could suffer. Certain material events, such as political developments, security concerns and natural disasters have resulted, and may result again in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely affect the availability of adequate insurance coverage or result in excessive premium increases. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to self-insure, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage. In addition, we self-insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers’ compensation, automobile liability, general liability (including claims made against certain of our landlords), property loss, and group health insurance programs. Significant changes in actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including any expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different expenses than expected under these programs, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Although we maintain property insurance for catastrophic events at our store support center and distribution centers, we are effectively self-insured for other property losses. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, our financial performance could be adversely affected.
Any events that negatively impact the reputation of, or value associated with the Tiendas 3B brand or any of our private labels could adversely affect our business.
The Tiendas 3B brand along with our other private labels are important assets of our business. Maintaining the reputation of and value associated with our brands is central to the success of our business we could be adversely affected if customers lose confidence in the safety and quality of the products sold or provided by us. For third-party brands, we depend on our suppliers’ investments in their own marketing and promotion of their brands in order for customers to purchase their products rather than those of the suppliers’ competitors. We also depend on our suppliers to comply with applicable employment, environmental and other laws and standards so as not to negatively impact the Tiendas 3B brand. However, there can be no assurance that suppliers are or will remain in compliance with such laws.
In light of the increased public focus on employment, health and safety and environmental matters, a violation, or allegations of a violation of such laws or regulations, or a failure to achieve particular standards by any of our manufacturers, could lead to unfavorable publicity and a decline in public demand for our products, or require
us to incur expenditure or make changes to our supply chain and other business arrangements to ensure compliance. Any such events concerning us, or any of our manufacturers or suppliers that supply our products could create substantial erosion in the reputation of, or value associated with, the Tiendas 3B brand or our other private labels and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.
A significant change in governmental regulations and requirements could materially increase our cost of doing business, and noncompliance with governmental regulations could materially and adversely affect our financial performance.
We routinely incur significant costs in complying with numerous and frequently changing laws and regulations, including those applicable to the opening and operation of our stores. The complexity of this regulatory environment and related compliance costs continue to increase due to additional legal and regulatory requirements, our expanding operations, and increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement efforts. New or revised laws, regulations, policies, rules (
normas oficiales)
and related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those dealing with the sale of products, including without limitation, product and food safety, marketing or labeling; consumer protection; information security and privacy; labor and employment; employee wages and benefits; health and safety; imports and customs; taxes; and environmental compliance and climate-related disclosure, may significantly increase our expenses or require extensive system and operating changes that could materially increase our cost of doing business. Violations of applicable laws and regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall can result in significant penalties (including loss of licenses or significant fines), class action or other litigation, governmental investigation or action and reputational damage. Additionally, changes in tax laws (including those related to the corporate tax rate), the interpretation of existing laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could adversely affect our overall effective tax rate. Furthermore, significant and/or rapid increases to the minimum wage rates could adversely affect our earnings if we are not able to otherwise offset these increased labor costs elsewhere in our business.
In December 2021, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or “OECD,” released final "Pillar Two" model rules pursuant to the Global Anti-Base Erosion Proposal, or “GloBE,” to reform international corporate taxation. Large multinational enterprises within the scope of the rules are required to calculate their GloBE effective tax rate for each jurisdiction where they operate. They will be liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between their GloBE effective tax rate per jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate.
The rules issued by the OECD have not been enacted in the British Virgin Islands, which is where the Company is incorporated, nor Mexico, which is where the Company has most of its operations; however, Pillar Two legislation was enacted in the United Kingdom, the jurisdiction in which BBB Foods Limited Partnership and Lothian Shelf Limited are incorporated, and came into effect starting January 1, 2024. Considering Tiendas Tres B, S.A. de C.V., has an effective tax rate that exceeds 15%, no additional current tax exposure is expected to be recognized in connection with the Mexican source of revenue, even if Pillar Two legislation, or similar legislation is adopted by either the British Virgin Islands or Mexico. However, additional informational returns or disclosures may be required in certain jurisdictions.
We analyze the potential implications of the application of the Pillar Two rules, including evaluating whether the requirements in each jurisdiction qualify as income taxes, and as of now we have determined there are no quantitative effects.
Our operations are subject to the general risks of litigation.
We are involved, on an ongoing basis, in litigation arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, which could result in unfavorable decisions or financial penalties against us. Litigation may include class actions involving consumers, shareholders, employees or personal injury, and claims related to commercial, labor, employment, antitrust, tax, administrative, intellectual property, torts, contract, securities or environmental matters. Moreover, litigation requires substantial time, which may distract our management. Even if we are successful, any litigation may be costly, and any awards may not approximate the costs of such litigation. Furthermore, there may be claims or expenses, which are denied insurance coverage by our insurance carriers, not fully covered by our insurance, in excess of the amount of our insurance coverage or not insurable at all. Litigation trends and expenses and the outcomes of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and adverse litigations, trends, expenses and
outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We will continue to be subject to legal proceedings and we may be subject to investigations. We cannot assure you that these proceedings and investigations will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, adverse publicity about regulatory or legal actions or investigations and allegations by other parties involved in regulatory or legal actions against us could damage our reputation and brand image, undermine our customers’ confidence and reduce long-term demand for our products, even if the regulatory or legal action is unfounded or not material to our operations.
The development and strengthening of the class action system could adversely affect our business and operations.
Since 2011, there has been a legal framework in Mexico that allows the exercise of class actions in relation to the consumption of goods or services and in environmental matters. This could result in the filing of class actions against us by our customers or other market participants. Due to lack of judicial precedents in the interpretation and application of such laws, we cannot anticipate that class actions will be initiated against us, the outcome of any class action brought against us under such laws, including the extent of any liability and the impact of such liability on our activities, our financial situation, results of operations, cash flows, its prospects and/or the market price of our Class A common shares.
Changes in law, structural reforms, and related regulations that could impact pricing, reimbursement and coverage may adversely affect our business.
The continuing increase in consumer expenditures has been the subject of considerable government attention almost everywhere we conduct business. We cannot assure you that local, regional or federal government in the regions in which we operate will not enact laws or regulations designed to protect customer or reduce costs for consumers, including by imposing price caps on basic staples such as those primarily sold at our stores. Any such laws or regulations, changes thereto, or the enforcement thereof could adversely affect our pricing and profitability. Moreover, local governments may delay or restrict permits for new store locations in an effort to protect smaller local businesses or municipal markets, which could affect our ability to continue expanding.
Government investigations into sales and marketing practices may result in substantial penalties.
We operate in complex legal and regulatory environments, and any failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations may result in civil and/or criminal legal proceedings. As those rules and regulations change or as interpretations of those regulations evolve, our prior conduct or that of companies we have acquired may be called into question. Such proceedings are unpredictable and may develop over lengthy periods of time. In addition, fines and corrective measures can be expensive and disruptive to operations.
We are subject to the Mexican federal anti-corruption laws, and similar foreign anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and sanctions laws. Failure to comply with these laws could result in penalties, which could harm our reputation and have an adverse effect on our business.
Our business is subject to a significant number of laws, rules and regulations, including those relating to anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, and sanctions. The Mexican regulatory regime related to anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, and sanctions legislation is still developing and could be less stringent than anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, and sanctions legislation, which has been implemented in other jurisdictions.
We may also be subject to certain foreign anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and sanctions laws and regulations that have extra-territorial jurisdiction, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and laws and regulations administered and enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”). Notably, in February 2025, the U.S. Secretary of State designated certain international drug cartels and transnational criminal organizations, including cartels and organizations known to operate in Mexico, as foreign terrorist organizations (“FTOs”). These designations enable U.S. authorities to
prosecute FTOs or individuals or entities alleged to have provided FTOs with “material support,” which is broadly defined, and, therefore, increases the risk of potential criminal and civil liability against any such entities or individuals.
We have implemented compliance processes and internal control systems designed to prevent and detect inappropriate practices, fraud or violation of law. However, our existing compliance processes and internal control systems may not be sufficient to prevent or detect all inappropriate practices, fraud or violations of law by our employees, contractors, agents, officers or any other persons who conduct business with or on behalf of us. Further, the promulgation of new laws, rules, and regulations, or the new interpretation of existing laws, rules, and regulations, in each case that restrict or otherwise unfavorably impact the ability or manner in which we or our retailers and brands conduct business could require us to change certain aspects of our business, operations, and commercial relationships to ensure compliance, which could decrease demand for products or services, reduce net revenue, increase costs, or subject us to additional liabilities. We may in the future discover instances in which we have failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations or internal controls. If any of our employees, contractors, agents, officers or other persons with whom we conduct business engages in fraudulent, corrupt, or other improper or unethical business practices, has or is deemed to have a nexus to an FTO, or otherwise violates applicable laws, regulations, or our own internal compliance systems, we could become subject to one or more enforcement actions by Mexican or foreign authorities (including the U.S. Department of Justice) or otherwise be found to be in violation of such laws. This may result in penalties, fines, or sanctions and in turn adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the provisions contained in the Mexican Industrial Property Law.
The brands that we operate are subject to the special provisions contained in the Mexican Industrial Property Law (
Ley Federal de Protección a la Propiedad Industrial
). These provisions are subject to frequent changes, which generally have a tendency to make them more stringent. Although future capital and operating expenses have been budgeted to maintain compliance with the Mexican Industrial Property Law, it cannot be guaranteed that they will be sufficient in the face of a change or future application of a much stricter law than the current one. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the costs of complying with this law or the provisions related to this matter, current and future, or derived from a more strict or different interpretation of this law, and the responsibility that could be incurred by failure to comply with it will not adversely affect our operations, results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.
Evolving expectations and/or requirements for reporting on or implementing environmental, social and governance (ESG) programs could increase our costs, and failure to meet expectations or requirements could adversely affect our sales and results of operations.
Expectations from shareholders, customers, employees, and other third parties concerning ESG reporting have increased and are increasing, and our ability to meet those expectations is dependent on several factors, including cooperation from suppliers and access to consistent and reliable data. Regulatory requirements relating to ESG matters are also increasing, including a new rule on the Enhancement and Standardization of Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2024 which will require the disclosure of information including a registrant’s material climate-related risks, activities to mitigate that risk, oversight of climate-related risks, any material climate-related targets or goals, the financial statement impacts of severe weather events, and, for certain issuers, Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions. Although this new rule was voluntarily stayed by the SEC on April 4, 2024, pending resolution of multiple challenges to be heard by the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit, we cannot assure you that the stay will not be lifted in the future.
Meeting stakeholder expectations and regulatory requirements could require additional resources and compliance costs. In addition, negative consumer perceptions regarding the sourcing of the products we sell and the sufficiency and transparency of our reporting on ESG matters, where applicable or as required by recently adopted regulations, and events that give rise to actual, potential, or perceived compliance and social responsibility concerns could damage our reputation, result in lost sales, cause our clients to seek alternative sources for their products and make it difficult and costly for us to regain our client’s confidence.
We are subject to risks due to breaches of the Federal Law on Protection of Personal Data Held by Private Parties (
Ley Federal de Protección de Datos Personales en Posesión de los Particulares
).
We are subject to compliance with the Federal Law on Protection of Personal Data Held by Private Parties (
Ley Federal de Protección de Datos Personales en Posesión de los Particulares
). While we have procedures in place to comply at all times with such law, we are susceptible to breaches, due to our highly diversified operation and increasing e-commerce activity as well as complexity over digital protections, and its interactions across multiple systems including hardware, software, networks, applications, services or any other information technology that allow the exchange or computerized processing or digitized data. We will be susceptible to any violation that interrupts the protection of customer information, administrative security measures, physical security, unauthorized access by third parties, protection of mobile equipment, maintenance of data warehouses, technical security measures, electronic support, and physical support, among others. Since some of the information we receive is considered as sensitive in terms of the Mexican Federal Law on Personal Data Protection (
Ley Federal de Protección de Datos Personales en Posesión de los Particulares
), any breaches or perceived breaches of data privacy may lead to a wide range of sanctions from regulators as well as reduced confidence from clients and affect our reputation, which may have a substantial effect on our results.
We are subject to the Mexican Federal Consumer Protection Law.
We are subject to laws and regulations related to consumer protection, particularly with respect to our marketing and promotional programs. Despite the strict measures we take to protect our customers and our constant focus on improving the customer experience, there is a risk that a violation of consumer protection laws may occur at a store as part of our daily interaction with clients. In the event of non-compliance, the Mexican Consumer Protection Agency (
Procuraduría Federal del Consumidor
) could initiate proceedings against us, as well as impose sanctions, such as fines or closures to establishments, which could affect our operating results. Additionally, we may be subject to penalties from the Mexican Consumer Protection Agency (
Procuraduría Federal del Consumidor
) if we use marketing materials with inaccurate or misleading information, which, in turn may have an adverse effect in our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Mexico and Other Global Risks
Since our operations are all based in Mexico, economic developments in Mexico may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Currently, all of our operations are conducted, and all of our customers are located, in Mexico. Accordingly, our ability to raise revenues, our financial condition and results of operations are substantially dependent on the economic conditions prevailing in Mexico. As a result, our business may be significantly affected by the Mexican economy’s general condition, by the depreciation of the Mexican peso, by inflation and high interest rates in Mexico, or by political developments in Mexico. Declines in growth, high rates of inflation and high interest rates in Mexico have a generally adverse effect on our operations. If inflation in Mexico increases while economic growth slows, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be affected. The Mexican government may adopt policies, changes in law and drastic measures to attempt to control and reduce the inflation such as price controls and restrict product offering which may have a significant effect on Mexican private business, supply chains and ultimately our margins In addition, high interest rates and economic instability could increase our costs of financing.
In recent years, Mexico’s sovereign debt rating was subject to downward revisions and negative outlooks from major rating agencies as a result of such agencies assessment of the overall financial capacity of the government of Mexico to pay its obligations and its ability to meet its financial commitments as they become due. Factors influencing such rating have historically included, among others, concerns about public spending pressure, election cycles, trade tensions, the ability of the Mexican state oil company (Petróleos Mexicanos, or “PEMEX”) to meet its obligations and the Mexican government’s support of PEMEX and the general macroeconomic outlook, and more recently, the constitutional overhaul has undermined the checks and balances of the country's judicial system. We cannot ensure that the rating agencies will not announce additional downgrades of Mexico and/or PEMEX in the future. These downgrades could adversely affect the Mexican economy and, consequently, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. In the event that the Mexican economy experiences a deterioration in
gross domestic product (“GDP”) growth or of economic conditions such as inflation, interest rate increases, downgrade of sovereign debt, among other factors, the activities, financial situation, operating results, cash flows and/or prospects of the Company, could be adversely and significantly affected.
Developments in other countries could materially affect the Mexican economy and, in turn, our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Mexico’s economy is vulnerable to global market downturns and economic slowdowns. The macroeconomic environment in which we operate is beyond our control, and the future economic environment may continue to be less favorable than in recent years. There is no assurance of a strong economic recovery or that the current economic conditions will ameliorate. The risks associated with current and potential changes in the Mexican economy are significant and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
The market prices of securities issued by companies with Mexican operations are affected to varying degrees by the economic and market situation in other places, including the United States, China, the rest of Latin America and other countries with emerging markets. Therefore, investors’ reactions to events in any of these countries could have an adverse effect on the market price of securities issued by companies with Mexican operations. Past economic crises that have occurred in the United States, China or in countries with emerging markets could cause a decrease in the levels of interest in the securities issued by companies with Mexican operations.
In the past, the emergence of adverse economic conditions in other emerging countries has led to capital flight and, consequently, to decreases in the value of foreign investments in Mexico. The financial crisis that arose in the United States during the third quarter of 2008, unleashed a global recession that directly and indirectly affected the economy and the Mexican stock markets and caused, among other things, fluctuations in purchase prices the sale of securities issued by publicly traded companies, shortage of credit, budget cuts, economic slowdowns, volatility in exchange rates, and inflationary pressures. Similarly, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the global economy, including that of Mexico, was materially and adversely affected by a significant lack of liquidity, disruption in the credit markets, reduced business activity, rising unemployment, interest rates changes and erosion of consumer confidence which affected our customers.
Financial problems or an increase in risk related to investment in emerging economies or a perception of risk could limit foreign investment in Mexico and adversely affect the Mexican economy. Mexico has historically experienced uneven periods of economic growth and there can be no assurance that the overall business environment in which we operate will improve and we cannot predict the impact any future economic downturn could have on our results of operations and financial condition. However, consumer demand generally decreases during economic downturns, which will negatively affect our business and results of operations.
Fluctuations in the U.S. economy may adversely affect Mexico’s economy and our business.
The United States is the country with the highest share of trade with Mexico. Accordingly, the U.S. economy heavily influences the Mexican economy, and therefore, the deterioration of the United States’ economy, any amendments to, or termination of, the USMCA, claims thereunder or other related events may impact the economy of Mexico. Economic conditions in Mexico are highly correlated to economic conditions in the United States as a result of the North American Free Trade Agreement, and, subsequently, the USMCA, which has induced higher economic activity between the two countries and increased the remittance of funds from Mexican immigrants working in the United States to Mexican residents.
Likewise, any action taken by the new U.S. or Mexico administrations, including changes to the USMCA, tariffs and/or other U.S. government policies or executive orders that may be adopted or issued by the U.S. administration, could have a negative impact on the Mexican economy, such as reductions in the levels of remittances, changes to the U.S. dollar-Mexican peso exchange rate and cost of capital, reduced commercial activity or bilateral trade or declining foreign direct investment in Mexico. In particular, for the stated purpose of addressing illegal immigration and drug smuggling across the U.S.-Mexico border, the new U.S. administration has imposed tariffs on Mexican products, which have been subject to pauses and renegotiations, including exemptions for USMCA-compliant products. Any suspension may be modified, extended or cancelled at any time. The full extent
of the actions that the new U.S. federal administration will implement with regards to international trade, geopolitical relations or economic policies is unclear as of the date of this annual report, and if implemented, how these actions may impact the hard discount grocery retail market in Mexico. Any actions taken by the new U.S. administration may cast uncertainty on global financial and economic markets, have a negative impact on the U.S. economy, or indirectly on the Mexican economy, and, in turn, on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, increased or perceptions of increased economic protectionism in the United States, Mexico and other countries could potentially lead to lower levels of trade and investment and economic growth, which could have a similarly negative impact on the Mexican economy. These economic and political consequences could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
We cannot make assurances that any events in the United States or elsewhere will not materially and adversely affect us.
The effects of public health crises may amplify the risks and uncertainties facing our business.
Pandemic outbreaks have impacted and may continue to impact our business. The long-term effects of the social, economic, and financial disruptions caused by pandemics, as well as the government responses to these disruptions, remain uncertain. Additionally, the impact on our business from the long-term effects of public health crises will depend on numerous factors that we cannot accurately predict.
We cannot predict with certainty the extent that our operations may be impacted by any effects of pandemics or other health crises on us or on our customers, suppliers, vendors, and other business partners, and each of their respective financial condition; however, any adverse effect on these parties could materially and adversely impact us. To the extent that any health disruptions affect the Mexican and global economy and our business, it may also heighten other risks described under the “Risk Factors” heading, including but not limited to those related to consumer behavior and expectations, competition, implementation of strategic initiatives, cybersecurity threats, payment-related risks, supply chain disruptions, labor availability and cost, litigation and operational risk as a result of regulatory requirements.
The political situation in Mexico could negatively affect our operating results.
In Mexico, political instability has been a determining factor in business investment and economic conditions. Significant changes in laws, public policies and/or regulations or the use of public referendums (
consultas populares
) could affect Mexico’s political and economic situation, which could, in turn, adversely affect our business. Any change in the current consumer protection or outer regulatory policies could have a significant effect on Mexican consumer service providers, including us, variations in interest rates, demand for our products and services, market conditions, and the prices of and returns on Mexican securities.
Political events in Mexico may significantly affect our business operations. In June 2024, Mexico held presidential, federal and local elections. Claudia Sheinbaum won the presidency and her political party,
Movimiento Regeneración Nacional
(National Regeneration Movement, or “MORENA”) won a qualified majority in both the Senate and the Chamber of Deputies, as well as most local elections. This majority could allow MORENA to make changes in laws, policies and regulations, including through constitutional amendments. Pursuant to recent constitutional amendments, Mexican presidents, who were previously limited to one six-year term, are now also subject to a public vote of no confidence (
revocación de mandato
) in the third year of their term, which could lead to their removal. Any revocation of a president’s mandate and subsequent elections could create political instability which may have a significant adverse effect on investor confidence in Mexico, the Mexican economy, exchange rates and trade, which could, in turn, adversely impact our business.
Ms. Sheinbaum has generally continued her predecessor’s political and economic agenda with significant changes to policies, laws and regulations, including amendments to the Mexican Constitution
. In the second half of 2024, a series of constitutional amendments passed by the Mexican Congress have raised concerns about judicial independence and the rule of law in Mexico. Among these amendments is a judicial reform that requires all judges,
including Supreme Court Justices, to be elected by popular vote. Additionally, changes were made to prevent any challenges to constitutional amendments
, effectively granting these reforms immunity from judicial review. Furthermore, these constitutional amendments included the dissolution of certain independent regulatory bodies in Mexico, consolidating their functions under federal government agencies.
We cannot predict whether potential changes in Mexican governmental and economic policy could adversely affect Mexico’s economic conditions
or the sector in which we operate, nor can we provide any assurance that political developments in Mexico, or that resulting
economic, social and political instability
will not have an
adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
financial condition
and prospects
or the price of our Class A common shares
.
Fluctuation of the Mexican peso relative to the U.S. dollar could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to meet contractual obligations and results of operations.
The exchange rate for the Mexican peso fluctuates in relation to the U.S. dollar and such fluctuations may, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on our earnings, assets, liability valuation and cash flows. Given most of our suppliers’ raw materials are dollarized commodities or subject to global price fluctuations, depreciations of the Mexican peso may also increase the cost of our products. Given our pricing strategy, we may not always be able to pass on these increased costs to our clients sufficiently quickly or at all. Any failure or delay to pass on increased costs may adversely affect our profitability.” A material devaluation or depreciation of the Mexican peso against the U.S. dollar may result in disruption of the international foreign exchange markets and may limit our ability to transfer or to convert Mexican pesos into U.S. dollars and other currencies to make timely payments of our U.S. dollar-denominated obligations.
The Mexican peso is a free-floating currency and, as such, it experiences exchange rate fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar over time. While the Mexican government does not currently restrict, and since 1982 has not restricted, the right or ability of Mexican or foreign persons or entities to convert Mexican pesos into U.S. dollars or to transfer other currencies out of Mexico, the Mexican government could impose restrictive exchange rate policies or exchange controls in the future, as it has done in the past. Currency fluctuations may have an adverse effect on our financial position, results and cash flows in future periods. When the financial markets are volatile, as they have been in recent periods, our results may be substantially affected by variations in exchange rates and commodity prices and, to a lesser degree, interest rates. These effects include foreign exchange gain and loss on assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars, fair value gain and loss on derivative financial instruments, commodities prices and changes in interest income and interest expense. These effects can be much more volatile than our operating performance and our operating cash flows.
The Mexican government exercises significant influence over the economy, and we face the risk of change in law.
The Mexican government has and is increasingly seeking to exert additional influence over the Mexican economy. Policies implemented by the Mexican government, changes in law and structural reforms may have a significant effect on Mexican private business, assets and securities. In the past, no party had a majority in Mexico’s congress, and congressional opposition hampered the passage of laws and reforms. As of December 31, 2024, the president’s political party and its allies held a qualified majority in the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate and a strong influence in various local legislatures. The increased influence of the executive branch increases the risk of unexpected changes in law and policy.
Security risks in Mexico could increase, and this could adversely affect our results.
Mexico continues to experience high levels of violence and crime due to, among other factors, the activities of organized crime. Despite the measures adopted by the Mexican government, organized crime (especially drug-related crime) continues to exist and operate in Mexico. These activities, their possible escalation and the violence associated with them have had and may have a negative impact on the Mexican economy or on our operations in the future. The presence of violence among drug cartels, and between these and the Mexican law enforcement and armed forces, or an increase in other types of crime, pose a risk to our business, and might negatively impact business continuity.
High crime rates throughout Mexico could negatively our sales and operations. We and our personnel are exposed to safety threats such as theft, assault or destruction of property. Additionally, our fleet and the merchandise it transports is subject to an increased risk of theft, particularly on Mexican highways. Although we have established measures to mitigate these risks and recover stolen goods, criminal events, could negatively influence business by reducing the flow of customers to our stores if the area is deemed or perceived to be unsafe and may disrupt our supply chain and increase our operating, logistics and safety costs.
Changes in global trade policy could adversely affect our business.
Political leaders in the United States and in other countries have been elected on protectionist platforms, fueling doubts about the future of global free trade. The U.S. government has indicated its intent to alter its approach to international trade policy and in some cases to renegotiate, or potentially terminate, certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements and treaties with foreign countries, and has made proposals and taken actions related thereto, including imposing generalized tariffs. The U.S. government recently imposed tariffs which target all foreign goods, including steel and aluminum, as well as products from Mexico generally with limited exceptions for USMCA compliant products. The U.S. government and has indicated a willingness to impose tariffs on additional imports. Some foreign governments, including China, have instituted retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. goods and have indicated a willingness to impose additional tariffs on U.S. products. Other countries have threatened retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. products or, like Mexico, have sought to negotiate with the U.S. administration. Global trade disruption, significant introductions of trade barriers and bilateral trade frictions, together with any future downturns in the global economy resulting therefrom, could adversely affect our financial performance. In particular, the United States, Mexico and Canada renegotiated the North American Free Trade Agreement. Under the successor USMCA, several provisions were renegotiated and the extent to which they will affect the Mexican economy is still uncertain.
There can be no assurance that the USMCA will not be renegotiated, or its terms will continue to drive growth in Mexico, or that U.S. and Mexico trade relations will not further deteriorate leading to further imposition of trade barriers. Any trade dispute between the United States and Mexico may have negative effects on the Mexican economy, the exchange rate, inflation and economic prospects, which will in turn negatively affect our business and results of operations.
High inflation rates may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
The current inflation rate in Mexico is higher than the inflation rates of its most important commercial partners, including the United States and Canada. High inflation rates could adversely affect our business and financial condition and our results of operations. Mexico has a history of high levels of inflation and may experience high inflation in the future. Historically, inflation in Mexico has led to higher interest rates, depreciation of the Mexican peso and the imposition of substantial government controls over prices. If Mexico experiences high levels of inflation as it has in the past, these might adversely affect our operations and financial performance.
Furthermore, geopolitical developments, such as the Russia-Ukraine conflict and global supply chain disruptions, continue to increase uncertainty in the outlook of near-term and long-term economic activity, including whether inflation will continue and how long, and at what rate. Increases in inflation raise our costs for commodities, labor, materials and services and other costs required to grow and operate our business, and failure to secure these on reasonable terms may adversely impact our financial condition. Additionally, increases in inflation, along with geopolitical developments and global supply chain disruptions, have caused, and may in the future cause, global economic uncertainty and uncertainty about the interest rate environment, which may make it more difficult, costly or dilutive for us to secure additional financing. A failure to adequately respond to these risks could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Risks Relating to Our Class A Common Shares
Our principal shareholder, Bolton Partners Ltd., owns all of our Class B common shares and a portion of our Class C common shares, which in the aggregate represent approximately 44.7% of the voting power of our
common shares and therefore exercises significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, which limits or precludes your ability to influence corporate matters.
Each Class A common share entitles its holder to one vote per share, each Class C common share entitles its holder one vote per share and each Class B common share entitles its holder to 15 votes per share, so long as the total number of the issued and outstanding Class B common shares represents at least 1.0% of the aggregate number of the aggregate common shares of the Company then outstanding.
Our principal shareholder owns all of our Class B common shares and a portion of our Class C common shares, representing approximately 44.7% of the voting power and 9.6% of the total number of our outstanding common shares, and will therefore have significant influence over matters requiring shareholder approval. However, the foregoing does not include Class C common shares that are held by our principal shareholder and our directors and officers in respect of both unvested and vested (but currently unexercisable) stock options or delayed-delivery awards or allocations under the Liquidity Event Share Plan and the Bolton Partners Share Allocation, as applicable. Taking into account such Class C common shares, which our principal shareholder, directors and officers will be entitled to receive at later dates, and assuming net settlement at their respective strike prices and a price per Class A common share of US$30.19 (the last reported sale price of our Class A common shares on the New York Stock Exchange on April 25, 2025), our principal shareholder beneficially owns approximately 43.5% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions–A. Major Shareholders.”
As a result, and for so long as our principal shareholder continues to beneficially own a sufficient number of Class B common shares and Class C common shares, our principal shareholder will have significant influence over the outcome of all decisions taken by our shareholders. Our principal shareholder will also be able to significantly influence our actions in areas such as business strategy, financing, distributions, acquisitions and dispositions of assets or businesses. For example, our principal shareholder’s significant influence may cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or outstanding Class A common shares or inhibit change of control transactions that benefit other shareholders. Our principal shareholder’s decisions on these matters may be contrary to your expectations, preferences, or interests. Our principal shareholder may be able to prevent any other shareholder, including you, from blocking these actions. Our multiple class capital structure and our staggered board of directors may also limit the ability of others to acquire control. For more information, see “Item 10. Additional Information–A. Share Capital” and “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees–A. Directors and Senior Management—Board of Directors.”
Our Class A common shares may not be a suitable investment for all investors, as an investment in our Class A common shares presents risks and the possibility of financial losses.
An investment in our Class A common shares is subject to risks. Investors who wish to invest in our Class A common shares are subject to asset losses, including loss of the entire value of their investment, as well as other risks, including those related to our Class A common shares, us, the sector in which we operate, our shareholders and the general macroeconomic environment in Mexico, among other risks.
Each potential investor in our Class A common shares must therefore determine the suitability of that investment in light of its own circumstances. In particular, each potential investor should:
•
have access to, and knowledge of, appropriate analytical tools to evaluate, in the context of its particular financial situation, an investment in our Class A common shares and the impact our Class A common shares will have on its overall investment portfolio;
•
have sufficient financial resources and liquidity to bear all of the risks of an investment in our Class A common shares;
•
understand thoroughly the terms of our Class A common shares and be familiar with the behavior of any relevant indices and financial markets; and
be able to evaluate (either alone or with the help of a financial adviser) possible scenarios for economic, interest rate and other factors that may affect its investment and its ability to bear the applicable risks.
We may elect to raise additional capital in the future by issuing securities or may enter into corporate transactions with an effect similar to a merger, which may dilute your interest in our shares and affect the trading price of our Class A common shares.
We may elect to raise additional funds to grow our business and implement our growth strategy through public or private issuances of common shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our Class A common shares, including by using Class A common shares as acquisition consideration. Any such event may dilute your interest in our share capital or result in a decrease in the market price of our Class A common shares. In addition, we may also enter into mergers or other similar transactions in the future, which may dilute your interest in our shares or result in a decrease in the market price of our Class A common shares. Any fundraising through the issuance of shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common shares, or the participation in corporate transactions with an effect similar to a merger, may dilute your interest in our capital stock or result in a decrease in the market price of our Class A common shares.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future, to fund the operation of our business and future growth. Accordingly, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our Class A common shares. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our Class A common shares, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our Class A common shares. The declaration, payment and amount of any future dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, the results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, operating and capital requirements, and other factors as our board of directors considers relevant. In addition, our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries. There is no assurance that future dividends will be paid, and if dividends are paid, there is no assurance with respect to the amount of any such dividend. See “Item 8. Financial Information–A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information–Dividends and Dividend Policy.”
Our multiple class capital structure means our Class A common shares are not included in certain indices. We cannot predict the impact this may have on the trading price of our Class A common shares.
We cannot predict whether our multiple class capital structure, combined with the concentrated control of our company will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common shares or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. FTSE Russell, S&P Dow Jones and MSCI announced changes to their eligibility criteria for the inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, namely, to exclude companies with multiple classes of common shares. FTSE Russell requires greater than five percent of the company’s voting rights (aggregated across all of its equity securities, including, where identifiable, those not listed or trading) in the hands of public shareholders whereas S&P Dow Jones announced that companies with multiple share class structures, such as ours, will not be eligible for inclusion in the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together comprise the S&P Composite 1500. MSCI also announced its review of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from its ACWI Investable Market Index and U.S. Investable Market 2500 Index. We cannot guarantee that other stock indices will not take a similar approach to FTSE Russell, S&P Dow Jones and MSCI in the future. Pursuant to these policies, our multiple class capital structure makes our Class A common shares ineligible for inclusion in such indices and mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices will not invest in our stock. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common shares and depress the valuations of publicly traded companies excluded from the indices compared to those of similar companies that are included. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple share class structures. As a result, our multiple class capital structure may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common shares.
Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.
BBB Foods Inc. is a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. BBB Foods Inc. operates as a holding company and, accordingly, its material assets are our direct and indirect equity interests in our subsidiaries. The Company is therefore dependent upon the results of operations and, in turn, the payments, dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries for funds to pay our holding company’s operating and other expenses and to pay future cash dividends or distributions, if any, to holders of our Class A common shares, and we may have tax costs in connection with any dividend or distribution. In addition, the payments, dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries to us for funds to pay future cash dividends or distributions, if any, to holders of our Class A common shares, could be restricted under financing arrangements that we or our subsidiaries may enter into in the future and we and such subsidiaries may be required to obtain the approval of lenders to make such payments to us in the event they are in default of their repayment obligations. Under Mexican law, our Mexican subsidiary may only pay dividends, if among other things, any existing losses applicable to prior years have been made up or absorbed into shareholders equity and after at least 5% of net profits for the relevant fiscal year have been allocated to a legal reserve until the amount of the reserve equals 20% of a company’s paid-in capital stock. If we or our Mexican subsidiary fail to comply with the requirements to pay dividends under Mexican law, we may not be able to make distributions to our shareholders or service our debt obligations, which could ultimately have a material adverse effect on us.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our Class A common shares and their trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or too few securities or industry analysts cover of our company, the trading price for our Class A common shares would likely be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A common shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common shares could decrease, which might cause the price of our Class A common shares and their trading volume to decline.
As a foreign private issuer, we have different disclosure and other requirements than U.S. domestic registrants.
As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different disclosure and other requirements than domestic U.S. registrants. For example, as a foreign private issuer, in the United States, we are not subject to the same disclosure requirements as a domestic U.S. registrant under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), including the requirements to prepare and issue quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or to file current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events, the proxy rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 14 of the Exchange Act or the insider reporting and short-swing profit rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we rely on exemptions from certain U.S. rules which permit us to follow British Virgin Islands legal requirements rather than certain of the requirements that are applicable to U.S. domestic registrants.
Furthermore, foreign private issuers are required to file their annual report on Form 20-F within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, even though we are required to furnish reports on Form 6-K disclosing the limited information which we have made or are required to make public pursuant to British Virgin Islands law, or are required to distribute to shareholders generally, and that is material to us, you may not receive information of the same type or amount that is required to be disclosed to shareholders of a U.S. company.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we do, rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our Class A common shares.
U.S. rules require listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of the members of their board of directors to be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. See “Item 10. Additional Information–B. Memorandum and Articles of Association––British Virgin Islands Company Considerations.”
We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.
In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) more than 50% of our common shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(1) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets must not be located in the United States; and (3) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and New York Stock Exchange rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the costs we will incur as a foreign private issuer.
We do not know whether market will constantly provide you with adequate liquidity for our Class A common shares. If the trading price of our Class A common shares fluctuates, you could lose a significant part of your investment.
We cannot predict how liquid the market for our Class A common shares might become. In addition, the market price of our Class A common shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:
•
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;
•
technological innovations by us or competitors;
•
the failure of financial analysts to cover our Class A common shares or changes in financial estimates by analysts;
•
actual or anticipated variations in our results of operations;
•
changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our Class A common shares or the shares of our competitors;
•
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;
•
future sales of our shares; and
•
investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.
In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our Class A common shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’
securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. If a market is not maintained, the liquidity and price of our Class A common shares could be seriously harmed.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we fail to remediate such deficiencies (or identify and remediate any other material weaknesses) or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely impact the trading price of our securities.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by the company’s internal controls.
Prior to our IPO, we were a private company and had limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. As a privately held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We are still in the process of implementing Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years then ended, we identified certain material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as described in “Item 15. Controls and Procedures–B. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.”
Following the identification of these material weaknesses, we have taken measures, and plan to continue to take additional measures, to remediate these issues. However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we have identified, and we cannot, as of the date of this annual report, conclude that they have been fully remediated. Unless these material weaknesses are timely remediated, there is a risk that our internal control processes may not detect, or detect on a timely basis, misstatements in our financial statements or other financial reporting. As of the date of this annual report, we have hired personnel that will reduce our dependence on third party advisors in respect of financial reporting matters. Additionally, we have staffed our internal control area to support the implementation of our internal control program and worked actively during 2024 to implement a program of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are working to remediate as quickly as possible the material weaknesses we identified as part of this internal control program by implementing compensating and mitigating controls.
Following our IPO, we became subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as the rules and regulations of the SEC. As a result, we have implemented the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by COSO and performed an evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting, pursuant to which we identified certain material weaknesses. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these rules and regulations are modified, supplemented, or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may disagree with our assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, as a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources, and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.
If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment or remediate any identified material weaknesses and other deficiencies or discover and address future material weaknesses or deficiencies, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements, fail to meet our reporting obligations or fail to
prevent fraud, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could, in turn, limit our access to capital markets, subject our Class A common shares to potential delisting from the New York Stock Exchange, harm our results of operations, or lead to a decline in the trading price of our Class A common shares.
Risks Relating to Investing in a British Virgin Islands Company
We are a British Virgin Islands company and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.
The Company is incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Most of our assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, most of our directors and officers and the experts named in this annual report reside outside the United States, and most of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, you may find it difficult to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons or to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against us or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Likewise, it may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. It may also be difficult or impossible for an investor to bring an action in a British Virgin Islands court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or these persons.
As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the British Virgin Islands, courts in the British Virgin Islands will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court.
Any final and conclusive monetary judgment obtained against us in U.S. courts, for a definite sum, may be treated by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as a cause of action in itself so that no retrial of the issued would be necessary, provided that in respect of the U.S. judgment:
•
the U.S. court issuing the judgment had jurisdiction in the matter and the Company either submitted to such jurisdiction or were resident or carrying on business within such jurisdiction and were duly served with process;
•
the judgment given by the U.S. court was not in respect of multiple damages, penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of the Company;
•
in obtaining judgment there was no fraud on the part of the person in whose favor judgment was given or on the part of the court;
•
recognition or enforcement of the judgment in the British Virgin Islands would not be contrary to public policy of the British Virgin Islands;
•
no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the British Virgin Islands;
•
the proceedings pursuant to which judgment were obtained did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the British Virgin Islands; and
•
there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.
You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited, because the Company is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.
BBB Foods Inc. is a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against the Company or our directors or officers.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. Under our memorandum and articles of association, we indemnify and hold our directors harmless against all claims and suits brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. Under our memorandum and articles of association, to the extent allowed by law, the rights and obligations among or between us, any of our current or former directors, officers and employees and any current or former shareholder are governed exclusively by the laws of the British Virgin Islands and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the British Virgin Islands courts, unless those rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities as such. This exclusive jurisdiction may limit the shareholders’ ability to bring a claim against us in a jurisdiction that they consider favorable to them in disputes with us. In addition, it may be costlier for shareholders to present claims in the courts located in the British Virgin Islands, which could discourage such claims. Nevertheless, our shareholders will not be deemed to have waived their rights related to our compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to foreign private issuers. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce this provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. securities laws, this provision could make enforcing judgments obtained outside the British Virgin Islands more difficult to enforce against our assets in the British Virgin Islands or jurisdictions that would apply British Virgin Islands law.
There may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about U.S. issuers. Also, the British Virgin Islands regulations governing the securities of British Virgin Islands companies are not as extensive as those in effect in the United States, and the British Virgin Islands law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters may not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests in connection with actions taken by the Company, our directors and officers or our principal shareholder than you would as a shareholder of a corporation incorporated in the United States.
The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the statutory and fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to the Company under British Virgin Islands law are governed by the Companies Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived from English common law, and whilst the decisions of the English courts are of persuasive authority, they are not binding on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the statutory and fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law may not be as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, while statutory provisions do exist in British Virgin Islands law for derivative actions to be brought in certain circumstances, such actions require the permission of a court in the British Virgin Islands and shareholders in British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a British Virgin Islands company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred.
The British Virgin Islands courts are also unlikely:
•
to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws where that liability is in respect of penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of the Company; and
to impose liabilities against the Company, in original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands, based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by the Company, our board of directors, our management or our principal shareholder than they would as public shareholders of a U.S. company. For a discussion of certain differences between the provisions of the Companies Act, remedies available to shareholders and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Item 10. Additional Information–B. Memorandum and Articles of Association––British Virgin Islands Company Considerations.”
You may not be able to participate in future equity offerings, and you may not receive any value for rights that we may grant.
Under our memorandum and articles of association, holders of Class B common shares are entitled to preemptive rights in the event that additional Class A common shares are issued in order to maintain their proportional ownership interest. However, our memorandum and articles of association also provide that such preemptive subscription rights do not apply to certain issuances of securities by us, including (i) pursuant to any employee compensation plans; (ii) as consideration for (a) any merger, consolidation or purchase of assets or (b) recapitalization or reorganization; (iii) in connection with a pro rata division of shares or dividend in specie or distribution; or (iv) pursuant to any bona fide shareholder rights plan adopted by the Company, and holders of our Class B common shares are not entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provisions.
We are required to comply with economic substance requirements in the British Virgin Islands.
The British Virgin Islands, together with several other non-European Union jurisdictions, have introduced legislation aimed at addressing concerns raised by the Council of the European Union as to offshore structures engaged in certain activities which attract profits without real economic activity. With effect from January 1, 2019, the Economic Substance (Companies and Limited Partnerships) Act, 2018 (as amended, the “ESA”) came into force in the British Virgin Islands introducing certain economic substance requirements for British Virgin Islands tax resident companies which are engaged in certain “relevant activities,” which in our case applies for financial years from 2019 onwards.
At present, the activities which are conducted by us would constitute holding business. As of the date of this annual report, we expect that the ESA will have little material impact on us or our operations, however, because the legislation is new and remains subject to further clarification and interpretation, it may not be possible to ascertain the precise impact of any legislative changes or changes in official guidance on us. We are required to make an annual filing with the British Virgin Islands International Tax Authority confirming if we carried out any “relevant activities” during the preceding financial period and, if so, providing certain prescribed information.
If our activities change or if the scope of the “relevant activities” is changed by subsequent legislation, we may be required to increase our substance in the British Virgin Islands to satisfy such requirements, which could result in additional costs that could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. If we were required to satisfy economic substance requirements in the British Virgin Islands but failed to do so, we could face financial penalties, restriction or regulation of our business activities and/or may be struck off as a registered entity in the British Virgin Islands or liquidated.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A.
HISTORY AND
DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY
We were incorporated on July 9, 2004 under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with company number 605635. Our principal executive offices are located at Av. Presidente Masaryk 8, Polanco V Sección, Miguel Hidalgo, Mexico City, Mexico 11560. Our registered office is located at Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands. Our website is
www.tiendas3b.com
and our investor relations website is
https://www.investorstiendas3b.com/
.
In 2004, K. Anthony Hatoum, founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Tiendas 3B, decided to start a new hard discounter in Mexico based on his experience with BIM, the successful Turkish hard discounter, and his conviction of the model’s sustainable competitive advantages and financial attractiveness. After analyzing the prospects of several countries in Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America, Mr. Hatoum chose to start this new business in Mexico. Convinced by the country’s business case, he opened the first store in February 2005 in Mexico City.
The development of private label products, core to offering high value to our customers, has been part of our business strategy since our founding. We launched our first private label, “LactiBu,” a modified liquid milk formula, in May 2005. As of December 31, 2024, we had developed over 108 different private label brands, representing over 458 SKUs. Our value offer to our customers improves continuously as we introduce new private labels and continue to improve existing ones.
As of December 31, 2024, we had grown to become the leading hard discount retailer in Mexico with 2,772 stores, 16 distribution centers, and 25,300 employees. The charts below highlight our growth trajectory from 2020 to 2024.
__________________
Notes:
1.
Total revenue is calculated as the sum of Revenue from sales of merchandise and sales of recyclables.
2.
“Same Store Sales” is calculated using revenue from sales of merchandise from stores that were operational for at least the full 12 months for the periods under consideration. Stores that were temporarily closed (for one month or more) or permanently closed during the periods under consideration were excluded when calculating this measure. Same Store Sales growth is measured by comparing the Same Store Sales of stores that were open during the measurement period.
Our sales growth is attributable to both our store footprint expansion as well as Same Store Sales growth from our existing store base. Our Same Store Sales growth has seen consistent double-digit growth over recent years.
Our founder-led management team continues to run the business and has successfully transitioned the company from a startup to Mexico’s 119
th
most important company according to Expansión magazine’s ranking of the 500 most important companies in Mexico for 2023. The Company was recognized by the Financial Times in 2024 as one of the fastest growing companies in the Americas.
Our belief in building a solid foundation to sustain high growth has led us to invest heavily in human resource development early on, establishing a strong culture, building robust processes, and an enterprise resource planning system capable of sustaining thousands of stores. This investment today has been fully justified as it is what we believe has allowed the company to sustain high growth rates.
In February 2024, the Company became a publicly traded company on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). Our reports filed with or furnished to the SEC are available, free of charge, on our investor relations website at
https://www.investorstiendas3b.com/
as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding us and other companies that file materials with the SEC electronically. Following our IPO, we use our investor relations website as a means of disclosing material information. Accordingly, investors should monitor our investor relations website, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts.
B.
BUSINESS O
VERVIEW
Overview
We are pioneers and leaders of the grocery hard discount model in Mexico and one of the fastest growing retailers in the country as measured by our sales and store growth rates. The 3B name, which references “Bueno, Bonito y Barato” – a Mexican saying which translates to “Good, Nice and Affordable”– summarizes our mission of offering irresistible value to budget savvy consumers through great quality products at bargain prices. From 2021 to 2024, our total revenue grew at a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 35.5%, reaching Ps.57.4 billion (US$2.8 billion) for 2024, and our number of stores increased from 1,249 as of January 1, 2021 to 2,772 as of December 31, 2024, which represents a CAGR of 22.1%.
Our business model is simple yet disruptive: we offer a limited assortment of products that cover the daily grocery needs of our clients. We price our products to offer what is generally market-leading value for money: the lowest sustainable price in the market for a given quality. Our stores also offer convenience, since they are generally located within central neighborhoods that allow for daily visits and minimize transportation needs for our customers. Our customers visit us on average three to four times per week to fulfill one or two days of groceries.
The Tiendas 3B product range consists of approximately 800 SKUs of branded, private label and spot products.
Branded products are well known national and international brand label goods that we offer at the lowest sustainable price in the market to attract customers and drive traffic. For 2023 and 2024, branded products represented 47.5% and 40.6% of our sales, respectively.
Private label products are products that we have developed ourselves and which we believe are of comparable or better quality than the equivalent branded alternative offered at our stores. For 2023 and 2024, private label products represented 46.5% and 53.6% of our sales, respectively.
Spot products are quality food and non-food products that we offer in addition to our regularly stocked products. These are offered in limited amounts and offer exceptional value. The selection changes every two weeks on average. For 2023 and 2024, our spot products represented 5.8% and 5.7% of our sales, respectively.
Our stores serve low-to-middle income households. We believe that our business model, which focuses on both value and convenience, allows us to serve our target market better than incumbent competitors and maintain real and sustainable competitive advantages.
Due to our low number of SKUs and focus on serving daily grocery needs, we have been able to achieve a high ratio of sales per SKU and a ratio of 3.1 Payable Days to Inventory Days during 2024. We are also able to benefit from a virtuous cycle, where the ever-increasing scale of our purchases per SKU allows us to negotiate increasingly lower prices with our suppliers and, in turn, we are able to transfer those savings to our customers, therefore increasing customer loyalty and our sales.
The Tiendas 3B business model is highly efficient, allowing us to operate with gross margins that are lower than those of leading grocery retailers in Mexico, based on publicly available information. The strength of our model is underpinned by our limited product assortment, our decentralized organization, and our culture that values efficiency and simplicity. Efficiency translates into savings that can be passed on to our customers.
Our management is decentralized and organized into regions, each run by a regional director, and built around a distribution center that serves approximately 150 stores. Each region has sufficient functional resources to operate autonomously and efficiently. This structure, supported by nimble central headquarters, has enabled us to scale efficiently by allowing us to dynamically select new store locations in a constant pursuit of scale and expansion, while achieving positive gross and operating profit. Additionally, it enables suppliers to reach our decision makers quickly, fostering collaboration and accelerating the development of private label products.
Developing and retaining talent, as well as fostering a strong corporate culture, are key components of our business model and essential to sustaining our rapid growth rates and achieving efficiencies. We anticipate our personnel needs several years in advance and invest significant resources to ensure that we have the right talent at the right time.
We believe that the hard discount segment in Mexico has significant entry barriers for new participants, including: (i) the time and capital it takes to achieve scale and profitability given the inherent low gross margins of a hard discounter; (ii) the knowledge required to find competitive real estate and qualified personnel; (iii) the investment and know-how required to develop a meaningful private label product offering; and (iv) obtaining access to highly qualified senior management and experienced teams.
Our business model is based on the following pillars:
•
High rotation of products
: By limiting our selection of products, we have been able to achieve a high turnover of sales per SKU, which makes us a relevant buyer of the products we sell, in turn allowing for favorable terms with suppliers.
•
Strong private label offering
: We own 108 different private label brands representing over 458 SKUs, that cover an array of food and non-food products. We outsource the manufacturing of these products to over 150 carefully selected manufacturers with tested supply reliability and quality controls. We are generally able to offer our private label products at a lower cost than that of the branded products they compete with. Further, our customer satisfaction studies and product analysis indicate that the quality of our private label products is comparable, if not better, than the competing branded products. Our enduring and long-term relationships with our suppliers have created a robust supplier ecosystem that underpins the strength of our private label product offering.
•
Value for money
: By consistently delivering and improving value for money to our customers, including through our private label products, we have earned their trust, increased our wallet share and attracted new customers.
•
Low-cost operations and virtuous cycle of efficiency
: We have built a business model that allows us to generate operating profit while operating at market-leading low gross profit margins, by limiting our SKUs, decentralizing operations, focusing on simplicity, maintaining low capital expenditures per store, having a nimble and agile decision-making process, a horizontal management structure, and promoting a strong culture of efficiency. This allows us to offer and sustain everyday low prices to our customers.
•
Rapid expansion
: In 2024, we averaged a new store opening every 18 hours, which is faster than any other grocery retailer in Mexico. Our operations actively involve our regional personnel in the store opening process, with the goal of locating and securing the most attractive locations for new stores. Further, our low capital expenditure needed per new store which, combined with the attractive cash flow generation capacity of our stores, allows us to achieve attractive store payback periods on average (for these purposes, a payback period is, on a vintage basis, the average number of months it takes an operating store to recover the average investment per store, excluding stores that were permanently or temporarily closed). In addition, our negative working capital dynamics allow us to self-fund these investments. We are systematic in our approach to opening stores, and our recent vintages are showing a faster sales ramp-up and higher profitability vis-à-vis our older vintages for the same comparable period. With an estimated white space for at least 12,000 additional Tiendas 3B stores in Mexico, we are constantly looking to increase our number of stores and expand into new regions.
Our Stores
Our stores have been thoughtfully designed to improve our customer’s experience and achieve operational efficiencies.
Standardized Stores that are Efficient and Economical to Operate
Our stores follow a standardized format in terms of layout, size, assortment, and personnel. This facilitates operational efficiency and scalable growth. As of December 31, 2024, the size of our stores ranged from smaller than 300 square meters to larger than 450 square meters, with approximately 58.0% between 300 square meters and 450 square meters. The uniformity of our stores enables us to streamline inventory management and optimize staffing and operational processes. Each store’s exterior façade is painted in our corporate colors (red and green) that contrast with the typical street colors for better visibility and promote our brand. The interior of our stores is well lit,
with wide and convenient aisles and reduced shelving height that allows store employees to see the full store, which in turn helps control shrinkage and makes restocking quicker and easier.
We are generally able to negotiate favorable lease terms when we open new stores, since we do not need to be at the premium location of a given target area. Our store locations are selected based on the ease of accessibility for our clients and unloading our trucks for stocking. Our rents are fixed, increase with inflation and on average represent 2.0% of a store’s sales.
Convenient Store Locations for our Customers
Depending on the specific characteristics of each location, we tailor our store placements for both urban and non-urban settings. In urban areas, we position our stores in the heart of neighborhoods. This strategic placement aligns with our vision to reduce time and costs for families, making our stores readily accessible for daily needs and enabling frequent visits. In non-urban areas, we seek to be at the confluence of traffic, at major intersections, or in places where the inhabitants of a wider geography come to fulfill their grocery shopping.
Geographical Presence
We opened our first store in Mexico City and have since expanded primarily in the central region of Mexico. As of December 31, 2024, we were present in Mexico City, State of Mexico, Hidalgo, Puebla, Tlaxcala, Morelos, Querétaro, Guanajuato, Michoacán, Guerrero, Veracruz, Aguascalientes, Nayarit, Jalisco, Zacatecas and San Luis Potosí. We believe the concentrated density of our geographic footprint illustrates our operational discipline.
Our real estate efforts are led by seasoned teams with many years of combined experience. Each of our regions has its own real estate team which is familiar with the local market and demand dynamics. The teams follow a standard and disciplined approach to searching, appraising, negotiating, and closing real estate transactions. Each region decides on its new store locations and each regional director approves new stores without the need to get headquarters’ approval, to the extent they adhere to our real estate guidelines.
As we open stores in new regions, the number of real estate teams increases and so does our ability to increase the rate of store openings. We will continue to increase the density of stores in the areas in which we currently operate, while seeking to expand and increase our penetration in the near term in neighboring states to those where we operate.
Our stores are open from 8:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m., seven days a week, all year round. A typical store is operated by a store manager, two assistant managers, and a team of six sales associates on average. The store manager is responsible for managing and developing their team, ordering, restocking, serving and selling to customers, maintaining operating standards, and executing any in-store communication/marketing campaigns. A District Manager manages between six and eight stores and, in turn, reports to a Zone Manager who oversees 40 to 80 stores. The Zone Manager reports to the Regional Director who manages all aspects of his/her region.
All our products are presented in their original boxes, as delivered by our suppliers. The order of the display of products is identical in each store. This convenient layout increases our productivity by reducing the number of hours worked by our employees, as we do not need them to unpack individual packages or create and maintain merchandise displays. Additionally, our use of pallet stocking allows us to restock our products quickly and easily.
Our Products & Suppliers
Types of Products We Carry
Our stores carry the leading brand products in their most popular size, as well as our private label products that we believe are of equivalent or better quality but at a lower price. In addition, we offer spot products: these are quality food and non-food products such as clothing, electronics, household goods and others. We introduce an assortment of approximately 40 spot products every two weeks on average, that offer notably high value for money and higher gross profit margins. They add a treasure hunt factor to our stores. We call them “
Los Irrepetibles
” as they are offered at prices so low that they will not be “repeated” (replenished) once we sell out.
Each Tiendas 3B store carries approximately 800 SKUs, as compared to 3,000 SKUs for a convenience store and approximately 10,000 or more SKUs for a conventional supermarket based on analysis of publicly available information. Our high purchasing power develops strong supplier relationships which in turn translates to better payment terms and lower purchasing costs that allow us to maintain our low prices, which in turn boosts sales. Our non-private label products are sourced directly form leading consumer good suppliers in Mexico.
Our private label products are developed with manufacturer partners. These are carefully selected for their ability to provide high-quality products and scale production to meet demand, their efficiency, and their belief in our business model. We seek to build long-term partnerships with transparent pricing, proactively planning future manufacturing capacity and consulting on improved technologies.
In the year ended December 31, 2024, we purchased products from 346 suppliers, with our largest supplier accounting for 3.6% of our total purchases, and the five largest suppliers accounting for 15.3% of our total purchases.
Our private label products are developed and designed largely by our in-house purchasing team, who are fully responsible for all aspects of the product. Our purchasing team is integral to our operations, ensuring that our supply chain is efficient and scales with our growth. The team identifies the required or potential new product, identifies the potential supplier, develops specifications and tests samples, designs the packaging and image, and selects and registers the brand name. Before launching a private label, the team tests it or a proxy product to determine price elasticity and fine tune the design for maximum sales and performance. To launch a product, a marketing and communication campaign is prepared targeting both our clients and our store teams. The purchasing team is tasked with developing enduring partnerships with our private label product suppliers in order to ensure supply chain synchronization, quality consistency and costs efficiencies.
Pricing
Our pricing policy is designed to attract new customers and retain existing ones. We endeavor to sell our products at the lowest possible prices. We minimize our operating costs throughout all aspects of the value chain, from site selection, store layout, merchandise selection, purchasing, staffing, distribution, and management. These savings are passed on to our customers by reducing the price of our products.
In order to ensure that our pricing remains competitive, we regularly monitor our competitors’ prices based on an index we have established for our top 250 SKUs by sales. We compare prices on average once a week. We leverage our private label offering to offer tremendous value for money, typically pricing our products below the price of branded label alternatives in our competitor’s stores on a unit basis.
We aim to keep our prices as stable as possible. We react rapidly to price changes by our competitors when warranted but we usually do not respond to short-term offers. We also endeavor to be the last retailer in the market to increase prices based on an increase in the cost of raw materials and the first retailer in the market to decrease prices based on a decrease in the cost of raw materials. Our goal is to gain customer trust and loyalty, especially from value-oriented customers.
We adopt a standard price (based on the pricing of our competition and our analysis of price elasticity for each product we sell) for all our stores. When required we will create a special price list to deal with a specific regional requirement to remain the competitive option for our clients.
Quality Control
Quality control is key to building trust in our private label products and cementing our reputation. We conduct regular laboratory tests to check that contracted specifications are met, relying on well-regarded laboratories in Mexico, such as Cencon and Biofleming. We audit the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers on a regular basis.
We perform quality checks of our products when they arrive at our distribution centers and randomly select samples for further laboratory testing. We also keep samples of every lot received in case we need to investigate a quality-related issue or to send a product to test if it complies with the contracted quality standards.
Our customer base is largely composed of smart value shoppers—aligned with our slogan “
tu despensa inteligente
” or “your smart pantry choice.” We serve the low-to middle socioeconomic segments in Mexico, specifically those in the second to ninth income deciles. However, our broader target increasingly encompasses value shoppers across all income brackets. We define our typical customer as anyone who buys groceries, primarily focusing on those looking for value for money, a convenient and pleasant shopping experience, and minimizing transportation costs.
Approximately 91.2% of our customers are women, primarily between the ages of 30 and 60. Most are homemakers (53.3%), followed by employed individuals (22.3%) and small merchants or shopkeepers (15.4%). New customers initially buy in our stores because of the competitive pricing of our branded and spot products. Over time, however, as they become more familiar with our offering, customers begin to try our private label products, which eventually become their preferred choice for their mix of value and quality.
The shopping experience is typically localized, as most customers live within a 10-street (800-meter) radius of their favored store. They visit our stores three to four times a week, purchasing enough for a maximum of two days. For items we currently do not offer, like fresh fruits and vegetables, they complete their shopping needs within the neighborhood.
Sales and Marketing
We price our products at the lowest sustainable price and for simplicity maintain standard price lists across all our stores. Our products do not go on sale and any promotional activity does not involve changes in prices. The one exception being the end-of-life products that get heavily discounted.
We have a no-questions-asked no-receipt needed money-back return policy. To instill customer confidence in our product offering, we allow customers to return any product if they are dissatisfied with it, with no questions asked and without requiring a receipt. This marketing strategy allows customers to test our private label products and break ingrained consumption patterns associated with very traditional brands.
We do not engage in material levels of advertising. We prefer to invest in offering the lowest price possible for our customers. Our marketing strategy is low-cost and efficient, consisting mostly of in-store advertising using our radio channel and displaying posters with impactful messages. We selectively use flyers for new store openings and to promote seasonal products. We conduct activation campaigns where for two weeks we display a given private label product at the end of the check-out counter (without any additional discount). Our preference remains to skip initiatives that add costs and instead focus on lower prices to drive customer loyalty. Word of mouth remains our most potent marketing tool.
Seasonality
Since our products mostly consist of food staples, our sales are not generally affected by seasonality. Variations in our performance from quarter to quarter are generally a consequence of store openings and holidays. Therefore, the results for a given quarter may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year.
Logistics
Consistent with our efficiency focused operational ethos, we have built efficient distribution and fulfillment capabilities. Our decentralized organization is built around autonomous regions. Each region has a distribution center and its own truck fleet that serves its stores, as described in “Item 4. Information on the Company–D. Property, plants and equipment.” This decentralization reduces complexity and therefore costs, including logistics costs.
We have a decentralized and lean organizational structure built around autonomous regions, each led by a Regional Director. Each region consists of approximately 150 stores and a distribution center. A region has all the functional areas it needs to operate autonomously. These include human resources, real estate, logistics, IT and regional purchasing and accounting. All regions are similarly sized, organized and operated.
Sales and Operations
Each region typically has two Zone Managers, each of whom is responsible for 40 to 80 stores. The Zone Manager reports directly to the Regional Director on all matters related to store operations and sales. A Zone Manager is responsible for ensuring the efficient operations of stores and for their maintenance and must visit each of their stores at least once every two months. Each Zone Manager oversees six to 10 District Managers. A District Manager ensures that the stores’ operations are conducted in compliance with our procedures and rules. They are responsible for visiting each store at least twice a week and monitoring competition and general market conditions, controlling inventories and ordering procedures, and recruiting new store employees.
Logistics
A Distribution Center manager reports directly to the Regional Director and oversees all logistics and fulfillment matters. Their direct reports consist of the heads of receiving, picking, and dispatching and they are responsible for maintaining an efficient and disciplined logistics operation.
Human Resources
Our regional human resources teams are responsible for recruiting, training, and developing all personnel their region. They monitor and enforce adherence to centrally set human performance indicators, such as turnover rates and specific development tracks for roles like Store Manager, District Manager, Zone Manager and Regional Director. Additionally, they manage the annual training plans and warehouse development programs. When a labor-related issue arises the team actively manages it. The team also assess workplace quality and metrics. Their role is pivotal in maintaining a balanced and effective workforce aligned with our culture and corporate objectives.
Real Estate
Our regional real estate team is tasked with securing and opening new stores. A significant part of their role is the negotiation of lease terms and ensuring compliance with our unit economic targets for each potential opening site. By maintaining a database of potential locations and competitor insights, they enable data-driven decision-making. The team maintains an open line of communication with district and zone managers, allowing real-time market analysis that informs our broader expansion strategy.
Our regional administration and accounting teams primarily focus on operational finances. The team collaborates closely with Zone and District Managers to manage budgets and ensure operational efficiency. They track store-level financial performance indicators such as capital expenditures. They assist in the planning and execution of initiatives like inventory control, labor costs, and expense management. Cash flow and basic accounting tasks are managed to ensure the region’s financial health. Their work acts as the financial backbone for the region, aiding in tactical decision-making while aligning with the company’s broader objectives.
Purchasing
The regional purchasing team is responsible for executing purchase orders based on demand forecasts and supplier lead times, as well as for maintaining optimum inventory levels in the region. To meet regional tastes, they manage a portfolio of up to 10 regional SKUs, and are responsible for negotiating, purchasing, and managing these products. The team actively participates in bi-weekly and monthly operational meetings to address concerns and propose improvements. Their activities are integral to ensuring smooth and cost-efficient operations.
IT Support
The regional IT Support team ensures the seamless operation of information and communication systems by resolving technical issues and incidents in computing equipment. The team performs remote and on-site troubleshooting. They also execute preventive maintenance and are in charge of any regional special projects.
Our Regional Directors meet with the members of our Operation Committee every quarter. At these meetings, the Regional Managers discuss issues affecting their regions and make decisions that will be applied across the company.
Our Headquarters
Our central office (headquarters) is located in Mexico City and is home to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer, Director of Sales and Operations, Director of Purchasing, Director of Human Resources, Director of Information Technology and Director of Real Estate.
Our headquarters is also home to our Product and Pricing Committee, our Operation Committee, our Central Purchasing Department, our Finance and Administration Department, our Central Human Resources Department, and our Information Technology Department.
Our Central Purchasing Department is responsible for all decisions relating to our suppliers and purchasing prices. Our finance and administration department is responsible for financial reporting, treasury, taxes and budgeting. Our Information Technology department is responsible for ensuring the smooth and uninterrupted operations of all our systems as well as the development of all our future technology-driven capabilities. Our human resources department coordinates recruitment for our headquarters and managers and above levels in regions; they also shape culture and training efforts across the organization. Our real estate department oversees openings and
negotiation of stores across the region, defines annual goals for new locations, and identifies and negotiates locations for distribution centers.
Committees
Our Product and Pricing Committee consists of our Director of Purchasing, our Director of Sales and Operations and our Chief Executive Officer. This committee discusses and makes decisions on all matters related to introducing new products, phasing out existing products, testing products, quality control issues and changing prices. It is also responsible of approving overall promotions and advertisements.
Our Operation Committee is responsible for overseeing our operations, as well as general company strategy. It is chaired by our Chief Executive Officer and includes our Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer, our Director of Sales and Operations and our Director of Human Resources.
Regulatory Considerations
Our business and operations are subject to various laws and regulations as well as local governmental authorizations to open and operate our stores. Our Mexican subsidiary’s operations are primarily governed by the Mexican Corporations Law and associated provisions, while real estate property leasing activities in Mexico are governed by the Mexican Constitution, state civil codes, and various laws and regulations, which provide a legal framework for the use, operation, and transfer of real estate properties in Mexico, including environmental matters.
We are also subject to the provisions contained in the Mexican Intellectual Property Law (
Ley de Propiedad Industrial
) with respect to the use of our trademarks, and to the Mexican General Health Law (
Ley General de Salud
) and the Mexican Official Standards (
Normas Oficiales Mexicanas
) for the health and safety practices involved in the preparation, distribution and sale of food products. Our failure to comply with any of these laws and norms may result in the imposition of administrative penalties, including fines and the temporary or permanent closure of our facilities. We believe that as of this date we are in substantial compliance with all such laws and norms.
More specifically, we and the various properties we lease and which are used as stores or warehouses are primarily subject to the following Mexican laws and regulations:
•
Mexican Constitution;
•
Mexican Corporations Law;
•
Federal Law on Economic Competition;
•
Federal Law for Protection of the Consumer;
•
Federal Law for the Protection of Industrial Property;
•
Federal Roads, Bridges and Auto Transport Law;
•
Civil codes of the states in which our stores and distribution centers are located and in which we operate;
•
Civil Protection Law of the states in which our stores are located and in which we operate;
•
General Law on Ecological Balance and Environmental Protection, and its implementing regulations;
•
General Law for the Prevention and Comprehensive Management of Waste;
Local and municipal environmental, land-use, and zoning regulations, and tax legislation and implementing regulations; and
•
Mexican Official Standards (NOMs), including with respect to food packaging and labeling.
Local Laws and Regulations
Our stores are subject to various local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and other restrictions imposed by local authorities or private community organizations may restrict the use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from such bodies at any time with respect to our stores, including prior to developing such properties or when developing or undertaking renovations of our stores. As part of the development process, we are required to obtain the applicable land use certificates, construction permits, operating licenses and fire and safety approvals from the Civil Protection Office (
Oficina de Protección Civil
).
Expropriation
None of our stores have been expropriated to date. However, under the Expropriation Law, the government has the power to expropriate or temporarily occupy in whole or in part any land or real estate property inside Mexican territory. Expropriation may be carried out in the public interest or for national security reasons. In the event of expropriation, the owner is to be paid compensation, we as tenants would not have the right to directly receive any compensation if the land where a store is located is expropriated. If there is disagreement as to the amount payable as compensation, a judicial authority may be asked to determine such amount. There is no clear definition as to when a compensation payment for the expropriation of any of the properties would be made or as to the payment amount the owner or we as tenants would receive in such event.
Environmental Regulations
As of this date, we do not have environmental certifications of any kind. The construction and operation of our stores and distribution centers may be subject to the Mexican General Law on Ecological Balance and Environmental Protection (
Ley General del Equilibrio Ecológico y la Protección al Ambiente
, or the “Mexican General Environmental Law”) and the related implementing regulations, the General Law for the Prevention and Comprehensive Management of Waste (
Ley General para la Prevención y Gestión Integral de los Residuos
) and the related implementing regulations, the National Waters Law (
Ley de Aguas Nacionales
) and the related implementing regulations, the Regulations for Environmental Protection Against Noise Pollution (
Reglamento para la Protección del Ambiente contra la Contaminación Originada por la Emisión de Ruido
), the General Law for Sustainable Forest Development (
Ley General de Desarrollo Forestal Sustentable
), the General Law on Wildlife (
Ley General de Vida Silvestre
), the General Law on Climate Change (
Ley General de Cambio Climático
), numerous Mexican Official Standards
(
Normas Oficiales Mexicanas
), and other federal, state and municipal environmental laws and regulations and agency agreements where our stores and/or facilities are located or could be developed (collectively, “Environmental Laws”).
The Mexican General Environmental Law generally sets forth the legal framework applicable to the environmental impact procedure as well as the release of contaminants into the environment. The regulations that have been issued pursuant to this law affect ecological planning, risk assessment and environmental impact, air pollution, protected natural areas, protection of flora and fauna, preservation and prudent use of natural resources and soil pollution, among others. Additionally, the Mexican General Law for the Prevention and Comprehensive Management of Waste regulates the generation and handling of hazardous waste and materials as well as the release of contaminants into the environment.
Non-compliance with the Environmental Laws may result in the imposition of administrative fines or sanctions, remedial actions, revocations of authorizations, licenses, or permits, administrative arrests, temporary or permanent closure of facilities, or imprisonment, when environmental violations are classified as criminal offenses.
In our process of developing stores and distribution centers, our approach is to adhere to an environmental management system and certain environmental guidelines. This does not mean that we have specific environmental policies or certificates, recognitions, or programs for environmental and natural resource protection, defense, or restoration. While we cannot assure you that in all cases, we are and will be in full compliance with all laws, we believe that the stores and distribution centers that we develop: (i) do not represent a significant environmental risk, (ii) have all relevant material permits and authorizations, and (iii) comply with all applicable Environmental Laws.
Compliance and Controls
We are fully committed to maintaining strong compliance and controls for financial reporting, as evidenced by the measures currently being implemented. The Company recognizes the significance of accurate and reliable financial information in building investor trust. To establish a robust internal control framework, the Company has conducted a comprehensive assessment of potential risks and documented them meticulously. Key control activities are being designed and implemented to mitigate these risks and ensure the completeness and accuracy of financial reporting. In addition, information and communication channels are being strengthened to promote timely and accurate reporting. The Company’s proactive approach to compliance and controls underscores its commitment to upholding high standards of transparency and adherence to relevant laws and regulatory requirements.
Legal and Administrative Proceedings
From time to time, we are or may become involved in disputes that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, can be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. We are subject to several legal proceedings, including civil and labor claims, which we generally believe are common and incidental to business operations in Mexico.
We record provisions, if any, based on our external and in-house counsel’s assessment of the likelihood of loss as well as the history of similar and related proceedings. Our financial statements reflect the provisions for legal proceedings in accordance with accounting rules when our external counsel advises that (i) an outflow of resources is probable to settle the obligation and (ii) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Our provisions for probable losses arising from legal proceedings are estimated and periodically adjusted by management after consideration of the opinions of our external counsel.
As of December 31, 2024, we had not recorded any provisions in connection with legal proceedings based on probable loss. However, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties. If one or more cases result in a judgment against us in any reporting period for amounts that exceed our management’s expectations, the impact on our operating results or financial condition for that reporting period could be material. See “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our operations are subject to the general risks of litigation.”
On February 1, 2023, the Mexican tax authority (
Servicio de Administración Tributaria
, or the “SAT”) commenced an audit of our tax return for the fiscal year ended 2018. The SAT is questioning the deductibility of certain expenses for services. The SAT is also asking for a reduction of the capital contribution account balance. The audit and the substance of questions raised by the SAT are consistent with audits currently undertaken by the SAT with respect to other Mexican corporate taxpayers. However, the challenges made by the SAT refer to actual operating expenses incurred by the Company, which were necessary for the operation of the Company and which the Company believes were properly supported and documented.
As a result of a mediation process with the tax authority and the Mexican tax ombudsman (
Procuraduría de la Defensa del Contribuyente
), a partial agreement was reached, under which the deductibility of certain items was validated. As of the date of this annual report, we are in ongoing discussions with the SAT as part of the tax audit regarding the deductibility of certain items. To the extent the tax audit is not finalized to our satisfaction and the
SAT determines that taxes are owed, we expect that we would exercise our legal rights, including the right to appeal such determination. In such a case, should it occur, any appeal process could take several years to conclude, and there is no assurance as to whether we would prevail.
Intellectual Property
Our most important brands, slogans and logos are protected by trademarks in Mexico through registration with the Mexican Industrial Property Institute (
Instituto Mexicano de la Propiedad Industrial
). Protection of a trademark in Mexico continues for as long as the brand is registered and used. As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately 1,515 owned brand files and registries in Mexico. In addition, within Mexico our licensors register their own brands granting us the right to use them within the territory.
C.
ORGANIZATI
ONAL STRUCTURE
The Company is a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. The Company has no material operations of its own and substantially all of its operations are conducted through the Company’s Mexican subsidiary. Holders of Class A common shares own equity interests in the British Virgin Islands holding company, and not in such Mexican subsidiary. We indirectly hold 100% equity interests in our Mexican subsidiary.
The following chart and the information set forth in the following paragraph presents our corporate structure, including our principal shareholder and principal subsidiaries.
Bolton Partners Ltd., our principal shareholder, owns approximately 44.7% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares, and therefore has significant influence over matters requiring shareholder approval. However, the foregoing does not include Class C common shares that will be held by our principal shareholder and our directors and officers in respect of both unvested and vested (but currently unexercisable) stock options (other than those Class A common shares that were issued upon conversion of Class C common shares acquired upon the net exercise of stock options in connection with our follow-on offering dated February 7, 2025) or delayed-delivery awards under the Liquidity Event Share Plan and the Bolton Partners Share Allocation, as applicable. Taking into account such Class C common shares which our principal shareholder, directors and officers will be entitled to receive at later dates, and assuming net settlement at their respective strike prices and a price per Class A common share of US$30.19 (the last reported sale price of our Class A common shares on the New York Stock Exchange on April 25, 2025), our principal shareholder beneficially owns approximately 43.5% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions–A. Major Shareholders.”
As of December 31, 2024, we only owned one property used in our operations. Our remaining 2,771 stores and office space is leased from a wide array of landlords. No landlord represents more than 6.5% of our lease expense. We believe that having a diffuse landlord base allows us to achieve better commercial lease terms. Each of our lease follows a standard form of Mexican law governed agreement, which generally includes a 10-year term with an automatic 10-year renewal and may be terminated at will by us. To minimize our initial store expenditures, we typically only advance two months of rent and give one month of rent as a security deposit. In some jurisdictions, the local civil code additionally requires that the landlord grant us a right of first refusal in the event they decide to sell the relevant property to a third party.
Distribution Centers
We believe we are highly efficient with our logistics and distributions infrastructure without sacrificing service and speed. As of December 31, 2024, we operated 16 distribution centers. Each serves approximately 150 stores, with a capacity to stretch to serve up to 200 stores, within a 150-kilometer radius, within a capacity to stretch up to a 200-kilometer radius. When the number of total stores served by any given distribution center approaches the 150-store mark, we proceed to open a new distribution center nearby and redistribute the stores to optimize distances and routing.
Our distribution centers are on average 11,850 square meters, with additional space for a maneuvering yard. Each distribution center carries the vast majority of the SKUs we sell, including refrigerated items. Frozen items, a relatively new category, are being rolled out to all our stores gradually as we build frozen refrigeration in our distribution centers.
Our distribution centers are designed to be efficient and reduce the amount of man hours required to move our products: we use cross-docking whenever possible, layouts which allocate space depending on inventory turnover, and floor storage instead of racks, as this is more efficient for fast-moving SKUs.
The main operations and process of our distribution center consist of:
Receiving
After placing an order with our suppliers, a receiving appointment is made, with a receiving dock reserved, and a receiving team programmed to unload the order when it arrives. The process is designed to take up the least amount of time possible from the moment our supplier arrives at the distribution center to the moment it leaves.
Picking
Store orders are processed overnight and ready to pick up in the morning. Pickers receive their “pick lists” on their mobile devices, which tell them what to pick. Once an item is picked up, the order is updated and confirmed on the mobile device. This system, tailor-made to support our process, allows for accurate and quick picking. In addition, we incentivize efficient picking by giving picking speed and accuracy bonuses to our pickers.
Store fulfillment
Once the order of a store has been picked, it is checked and palletized ready to be loaded in the truck that will deliver the order to the store that same day.
The proximity of our distribution centers to our stores allows for optimal re-stocking frequency and route planning. Store restocking frequency is dynamic and ranges from twice a week to daily and depends on sales volumes. We fulfill store orders one day after an order is placed. A single truck can visit up to four stores per day.
As of December 31, 2024, we operated a fleet of 367 same-model trucks and 971 utility vehicles for our District Managers, Zone Managers and other personnel. Standardization simplifies truck management and operations thus reducing costs. For security and for key performance indicator management, we monitor our fleet through real-time geographic positioning, live video, and dual-way audio.
A fundamental part of our logistics operation is our drivers. We provide a comprehensive 385-hour training program where the operator is taught skills covering mechanics, driver education, regulations, and service culture. Since December 31, 2023, our academy has become compulsory for all our drivers to ensure better logistics efficiency, timeliness and safety.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF
COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINA
NCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
This section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements for several reasons, including those described under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information-D. Risk Factors” and other issues discussed herein.
The following analysis and discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, in each case included elsewhere in this annual report, as well as the information set forth under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information.” Our consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of Mexican pesos, except as otherwise specified.
We are pioneers and leaders of the grocery hard discount model in Mexico and one of the fastest growing retailers in the country as measured by our sales and store growth rates. From 2021 to 2024, our total revenue grew at a CAGR of 35.5%, reaching Ps.57.4 billion (US$2.8 billion) for 2024, and our number of stores increased from 1,249 as of January 1, 2021 to 2,772 as of year-end 2024, which represents a CAGR of 22.1%.
Our business model is simple yet disruptive: we offer a limited assortment of products that cover the daily grocery needs of our clients. We price our products to offer what is generally market-leading value for money: the lowest sustainable price in the market for a given quality. Our stores also offer convenience, since they are generally located within central neighborhoods that allow for daily visits and minimize transportation needs for our customers. Our customers visit us on average three to four times per week to fulfill one or two days of groceries.
The Tiendas 3B product range consists of approximately 800 SKUs of branded, private label and spot products.
•
Branded products are well known national and international brand label goods that we offer at the lowest sustainable price in the market to attract customers and drive traffic. For 2023 and 2024, branded products represented 47.5% and 40.6% of our sales, respectively.
•
Private label products are products that we have developed ourselves and which we believe are of comparable or better quality than the equivalent branded alternative offered at our stores. For 2023 and 2024, private label products represented 46.5% and 53.6% of our sales, respectively.
•
Spot products are quality food and non-food products that we offer in addition to our regularly stocked products. These are offered in limited amounts and offer exceptional value. The selection changes every two weeks on average. For 2023 and 2024, our spot products represented 5.8% and 5.7% of our sales, respectively.
This discussion, which presents our results for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, in each case included elsewhere in this annual report. We intend for this discussion to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding our financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period and the primary factors that accounted for those changes. We also discuss certain performance metrics that management uses to assess our performance.
Initial Public Offering and Public Company Cost
We completed our IPO on February 13, 2024, and our Class A common shares are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. In our IPO, the Company issued 28,050,491 Class A common shares at an initial public offering price of US$17.50 per share, and received net proceeds of US$459.0 million therefrom, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and certain of its shareholders sold an additional 5,610,098 Class A common shares at the initial public offering price. In addition, certain shareholders subsequently sold an additional 5,049,088 Class A common shares at the public offering price pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common shares by its shareholders.
We used the net proceeds of our IPO for the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, and we intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from our IPO for general corporate purposes.
Since our IPO, we have been required to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. We incurred significant administrative and other expenses in connection with our IPO and, in addition, compliance with the requirements of being a public company has required us to increase our administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and accounting advisors to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and commencing the preparation and distribution of periodic public reports to our investors and in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, we obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance appropriate for a public company, which is more expensive than such insurance for a non-public company.
Components of Our Results of Operations
The following is a summary of the principal line items comprising consolidated statements of profit or loss.
Revenue from Sales of Merchandise
Revenue from sales of merchandise represents the sale of products to customers net of returns made by customers. Additionally, revenue from sales of merchandise includes net revenues earned from service fees and commissions collected from clients that make payments to third parties at our stores such as cell-phone providers and utilities.
Sales of Recyclables
Sales of recyclables includes sales of ancillary materials used in our day-to-day operations, such as cardboard and stretch film, net of costs of delivery of these products based on established contractual terms and conditions.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales represents the cost of merchandise that is sold at our, stores including logistics costs incurred in bringing each product to the final point of sale and warehousing costs, as well as depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements, right-of-use assets and shrinkage.
Gross Profit
Gross profit is equal to revenue from sales of merchandise and sales of recyclables net of cost of sales.
Sales Expenses
Sales expenses generally consist of expenses relating to our stores and the operation of our stores, including wages and salaries of store employees, depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements and right-of-use assets, amortization of intangible assets, energy expenses, social security contributions relating to store employees, maintenance and conservation expenses and cash-in-transit services.
Administrative Expenses
Administrative expenses generally consist of expenses relating to headquarters, regional offices and the back office, including wages and salaries of administrative employees, depreciation, and amortization, energy, social security contributions of administrative employees, payments relating to options granted under our share-based compensation plan, administrative services, advertising expenses, corporate services, maintenance and conservation expenses and professional fees.
Other income includes a variety of income streams, including revenues from asset disposals, reimbursement of costs, and insurance proceeds, among others.
Operating Profit
Operating profit is equal to gross profit net of sales expenses, administrative expenses, plus other income—net.
Financial Income
Financial income is comprised of interest generated on accounts or investments held by us.
Financial Costs
Financial costs are comprised principally of interest on lease liabilities, promissory notes, convertible notes and the financing of transportation and store equipment, including through a reverse factoring arrangement we have entered into with Santander and HSBC.
Exchange Rate Fluctuation
Foreign currency transactions are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rates in effect on the transactions dates. Gains and losses on exchange fluctuations resulting from such transactions and for conversion at the exchange rates at the end of the year of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are recognized as exchange rate fluctuation gain or loss. Exchange rate fluctuations are primarily driven by changes in the carrying value of amounts payable under the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, which were payable at maturity in U.S. dollars, but were repaid in full in 2024 with the proceeds of our IPO. Additionally, after our IPO, we keep U.S. dollars deriving from the IPO proceeds on our balance sheet, which also contributes to the exposure to exchange rate fluctuations.
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2023
For the year
ended December 31,
2024
2023
Variation
(%)
(thousands of Ps.)
Revenue from sales of merchandise
Ps.
57,333,327
Ps.
43,987,803
30.3
%
Sales of recyclables
105,692
90,656
16.6
%
Total revenue
57,439,019
44,078,459
30.3
%
Cost of sales
(48,062,913
)
(37,038,542
)
29.8
%
Gross profit
9,376,106
7,039,917
33.2
%
Sales expenses
(6,121,566
)
(4,822,912
)
26.9
%
Administrative expenses
(1,987,075
)
(1,386,929
)
43.3
%
Other income (expense) – net
61,044
(36,213
)
(268.6
)%
Operating profit
1,328,509
793,863
67.3
%
Financial income
155,863
26,069
497.9
%
Financial costs
(1,257,254
)
(1,527,107
)
(17.7
)%
Exchange rate fluctuation
490,428
606,270
(19.1
)%
Financial costs – net
(610,963
)
(894,768
)
(31.7
)%
Profit (loss) before income tax
717,546
(100,905
)
(811.1
)%
Income tax expense
(383,124
)
(205,248
)
86.7
%
Consolidated net profit (loss) for the year
Ps.
334,422
(306,153
)
(209.2
)%
Revenue from Sales of Merchandise
Revenue from sales of merchandise increased 30.3% to Ps.57,333,327
thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.43,987,803 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. Of the total increase in revenue from sales of merchandise, 24.0% was attributable to sales from 484 net new stores opened over the course of the year, while 91.3% of the increase was attributable to increases in sales volume and a 15.3% reduction was attributable to lower prices due to shifts in the product mix. Same Store Sales for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased 13.4%.
Sales of Recyclables
Sales of recyclables increased 16.6% to Ps.105,692 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.90,656 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was mainly driven by an increase in sales, offset by a decrease in the cardboard price per ton.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales increased 29.8% to Ps.48,062,913 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.37,038,542 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was attributable mainly to an increase in sales in existing stores and new stores and was proportional to the increase in revenue from sales of merchandise. Our cost of sales as a percentage of total revenue was 83.7% and 84.0% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased 33.2% to Ps.9,376,106 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.7,039,917 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023, and our gross profit margin, calculated as gross profit
as a percentage of total revenue, was 16.3% and 16.0% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Sales Expenses
Sales expenses increased 26.9% to Ps.6,121,566
thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.4,822,912 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. Our sales expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 10.7% from 10.9% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase in sales expenses remained proportional to the increase in revenue from sales of merchandise and largely derived from the opening of new stores, an increase in headcount required to operate new stores, and to the effects of wage inflation.
Administrative Expenses
Administrative expenses increased 43.3% to Ps.1,987,075 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.1,386,929 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. Our administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenue, were 3.5% and 3.1% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase in administrative expenses was principally due to (i) the hiring of additional headquarters personnel to support growth, (ii) public company readiness, reporting and compliance expenses, (iii) expansion of regional operations as we opened new regions, and (iv) non-recurring fees and expenses, mainly related to our IPO. Expenses recognized in respect of grants under our share-based compensation plan during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were Ps.523,143
thousand and Ps.384,566 thousand, respectively.
Other Income (Expense)-Net
Other income–net for the year ended December 31, 2024 was Ps.61,044
thousand, as compared to other expense-net of Ps.36,213 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. The year-over-year change primarily reflects non-recurring income from balance sheet clean-ups such as reversals of inactive liabilities and cancellation of historical cash overages, which were partially offset by write-offs of legacy line items and non-recurring legal and compliance expenses. In contrast, other expense-net for 2023 included impairment charges related to stores affected by Hurricane Otis in Acapulco. As a percentage of total revenue, other income (expense)–net remained flat at 0.1% in 2024 compared to 2023.
Operating Profit
Operating profit increased 67.3% to Ps.1,328,509 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.793,863 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023, representing 2.3% and 1.8% of total revenue for each year. In addition to the factors described above, operating profit for 2024 includes Ps.138,556 thousand of non-recurring, non-capitalized, cash expenses related to our IPO, the February 2025 follow-on offering and other legal, compliance and regulatory matters, as well as Ps.91,481 thousand of net non-cash income, comprised of a Ps.124,734 thousand reversal of legacy balance-sheet items partially offset by Ps.33,253 thousand in depreciation expense arising from the write-off of fixed assets.
Financial Income
Financial income increased 497.9% to Ps.155,863 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.26,069 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily due to interest income earned from investing the net proceeds received from our IPO.
Financial costs decreased 17.7% to Ps.1,257,254 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.1,527,107 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease was primarily driven by the decreased interest expense related to the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, which were repaid in February 2024, using a portion of the primary proceeds from our IPO, offset by an increase in the lease payments in connection with incremental lease agreements for our expanding store base of Ps.1,072,774
thousand
and
Ps.762,872 thousand, during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Exchange Rate Fluctuation
Exchange rate fluctuation was a gain of Ps.490,428 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to a gain of Ps.606,270 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. This change was primarily driven by the significant devaluation of the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso during the year ended December 31, 2023, at which time we had a net exposure to U.S. dollar-denominated debt, resulting in a significant exchange rate fluctuation gain. In 2024, we repaid the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, which were denominated in U.S. dollars, using proceeds from our IPO. Following our IPO, we now have a net positive exposure to U.S. dollars due to holding a substantial amount of financial assets in U.S. dollars. Since our IPO, the Mexican peso has depreciated against the U.S. dollar, contributing to a positive exchange rate fluctuation; however, the positive impact in 2024 was lower compared to the gain recorded in 2023. See Notes 13 and 14 to our financial statements as of December 31, 2024 for further information.
Financial Costs-Net
For the reasons described above, financial costs – net decreased 31.7% to Ps.610,963 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.894,768 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Profit (Loss) Before Income Tax
For the reasons described above, profit before income tax was Ps.717,546 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to a loss before income tax of Ps.100,905 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense increased 86.7% to Ps.383,124 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 from Ps.205,248 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023. This change was due to an increase in taxable profits in our subsidiaries, which led to a higher annual effective tax rate that was partially offset by increased expenditures and tax benefits.
Net Profit (Loss) for the Period
For the reasons described above, net profit was Ps.334,422 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to a net loss of Ps.306,153 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023.
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2022
For a discussion related to our financial condition, changes in financial condition, and the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, refer to "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects–A. Operating Results" in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, which was filed with the SEC on April 30, 2024.
The following discussion of our liquidity and capital resources is based on the financial information derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, included elsewhere in this annual report.
Overview
Liquidity represents our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities to meet our obligations as well as our ability to obtain appropriate financing.
As a result of our inventory and account payables management strategy, we generally rely on our positive cash flow dynamics as a source of financing for our operations and expansion. We have historically benefited from our working capital dynamic driven from our favorable payable terms relative to the high rotation of our inventory and minimal receivable balances, as most of our sales from merchandise are received in cash at the time of sale. As a result, we can generate a significant amount of negative working capital from such timing differences. Our negative working capital for 2024 and 2023 was Ps.2,633,277 thousand and Ps.4,558,781 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, our total current assets amounted to Ps.8,554,139 thousand and Ps.4,393,160 thousand, respectively.
We have also used certain amounts of short-term and long-term debt with related parties and third parties to supplement our cash flows. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, our long-term debt with third parties consisted of Ps.106,693 thousand and Ps.577,318 thousand, respectively. In addition to financing from third parties, we issued several series of senior and junior U.S. dollar-denominated pay-in-kind Promissory Notes would have matured on December 31, 2026, most of which were held by related parties, including some of our shareholders, and which were repaid in full in 2024 with the proceeds of our IPO. The aggregate principal amount and accrued interest outstanding on the Promissory Notes was US$261,057 thousand (Ps.4,410,166 thousand) as of December 31, 2023. We also issued Convertible Notes which were repaid in full in 2024 with the proceeds of our IPO. The aggregate principal amount and accrued interest outstanding on the Convertible Notes was US$22,494 thousand (Ps.380,002 thousand) as of December 31, 2023. See “Indebtedness” for additional information.
In addition, we have entered into a reverse factoring arrangement with Banco Santander Mexico, S.A. (“Santander”) pursuant to which a participating supplier receives the original invoice amount discounted at an agreed rate, and we pay Santander the original amount of the invoice within 60 days after the supplier collects the invoice from Santander. The aggregate limit of amounts invoiced under this arrangement was Ps.350,000 thousand; however, on December 4, 2023, the Company increased the aggregate limit to Ps.500,000 thousand. Pursuant to the terms of this arrangement, we have created a trust, which is meant to be an alternative source of payment in the case of a payment default. Cash flows from 419 stores are deposited in a bi-weekly minimum aggregate amount of Ps.300,000 thousand in the trust account as a pass-through and released to our treasury on a daily basis, as long as no payment default occurs. This trust also serves as an alternative source of payment for a revolving credit facility line we entered into with Santander for an aggregate principal amount of Ps.300,000 thousand. See Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 included elsewhere in this annual report, for more information about this arrangement.
On June 2, 2023, we and HSBC Mexico, S.A. (“HSBC”) entered into a reverse factoring transaction (the “HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement”) and a credit facility (the “HSBC Credit Line” and, together with the HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement, the “HSBC Agreement”). The original aggregate principal amount financeable under the HSBC Agreement was Ps.450,000 thousand. This amount was increased to Ps.700,000 thousand on June 20, 2024. Pursuant to the terms of the HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement, participating suppliers may discount their invoices with HSBC, and they will receive the original invoice amount discounted at an agreed rate and we will then pay HSBC the original amount by the earlier of: (x) the date HSBC pays the supplier plus the number of credit days originally agreed to with the supplier, and (y) 90 days after the supplier collects the invoice from HSBC. The supplier elects which invoices are entered into the factoring transaction. Once entered, such invoices are novated and the liability of the Company to cover such invoice is extinguished. Invoices that are not discounted with HSBC are payable to the supplier at the original maturity date. There are no commissions or interests payable to HSBC when invoices are discounted, and only an opening commission of Ps.2,250 thousand was paid for entering into the
original agreement. In addition, under the terms of the HSBC Agreement, the Company must comply with certain covenants, including restrictions on dividends. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the HSBC Agreement, we have created a trust, which is meant to be an alternative source of payment in the case of a payment default, into which Ps.540,000 thousand of cash flows have to be deposited (as a pass-through) on the trust each month. However, the deposits are released daily to Tiendas 3B so long as no payment default occurs.
We intend to increase our capital expenditures to support the growth in our business and operations. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and the liquidity provided from other sources of funds will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months, considering our expected organic growth. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those described under “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors.” In addition, the impact of rising interest rates has adversely affected the cost of borrowing, hedging activities and access to capital in general, which could limit our ability to obtain financing or hedges in a timely manner, on acceptable terms or at all.
Cash Flows
The following table sets forth certain consolidated cash flow information for the periods indicated:
For the Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(thousands of Ps.)
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
Ps.
3,748,537
Ps.
3,140,349
Ps.
2,116,335
Net cash flows used in investing activities
(4,907,296
)
(1,778,789
)
(1,111,350
)
Net cash flows obtained from (used in) financing activities
1,288,113
(1,095,692
)
(1,027,115
)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
129,354
265,868
(22,130
)
Net foreign exchange difference
97,341
(30,373
)
7,066
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Ps.
226,695
Ps.
235,495
Ps.
(15,064
)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was Ps.3,748,537 thousand, Ps.3,140,349 thousand and Ps.2,116,335 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Net cash from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2024, increased by Ps.608,188 thousand compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily driven by improved pre-tax profitability and higher non-cash adjustment items resulting from store expansion. However, the non-cash add-backs were partially offset by a lower add-back for accrued interest paid on our Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes in 2024, as these were paid in full following our IPO in 2024.
For information regarding the cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects–B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, which was filed with the SEC on April 30, 2024.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities generally consists of expenses and capital expenditures to expand our number of stores and distribution centers, investments in our supply chain, including purchase and sale of property and equipment, and maintenance of existing stores. We expect to continue to use cash to make expenditures to open new stores, renovate existing stores and distribution centers, acquire store equipment and transportation equipment and invest in software.
Net cash used in investing activities was Ps.4,907,296 thousand, Ps.1,778,789 thousand and Ps.1,111,350 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Net cash used in investing activities increased by Ps.3,128,507 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, mainly as we increased our store count by 484 net new stores between January 1, 2024 and December 31, 2024 and added two new distribution centers, leading to increased purchases of property and equipment and of cold rooms. Additionally, this increase also includes the investment of our IPO proceeds in short-term bank deposits.
For information regarding the cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects–B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, which was filed with the SEC on April 30, 2024.
Net Cash Obtained from (Used in) Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities generally consists of transactions related to our short-term and long-term debt and financing obligations. Transactions with non-controlling interest shareholders are also classified as cash flows from financing activities.
Net cash obtained from financing activities was Ps.1,288,113 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to net cash used in financing activities of Ps.1,095,692 thousand and Ps.1,027,115 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Net cash obtained from financing activities varied by Ps.2,383,805 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023, mainly driven by the proceeds received from our IPO, partially offset by the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, and the increase of lease payments due to our 484 net new store openings between January 1, 2023 and December 31, 2024 and the opening of two new distribution centers.
For information regarding the cash flows obtained from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects–B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, which was filed with the SEC on April 30, 2024.
Capital Expenditures
We make, and expect to continue to make, capital expenditures for store openings, renovation of existing stores and distribution centers, acquisitions of store equipment and transportation equipment, and investments in software.
For the year ending December 31, 2025, we have budgeted capital expenditures of approximately Ps.3,650,000 thousand, including approximately Ps.2,550,000 thousand for opening new stores and approximately Ps.360,000 thousand for opening four new distribution centers, which will be funded through our operating activities.
Our capital expenditures represented 4.2%, 4.1% and 3.4% of our total revenue in 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 amounted to Ps.2,435,695 thousand, Ps.1,798,019 thousand and Ps.1,122,877 thousand, respectively.
We expect to fund our capital expenditures program with a combination of cash flows from operations and additional financing. We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that we will have access to external financing sources, to adequately fund such or any future capital expenditures.
Indebtedness
Our indebtedness for borrowed money consisted of promissory notes and convertible notes which we have incurred to finance our expansion. Additionally, we have historically incurred limited amounts of third-party
financing for our operations, which has been limited to supplier financing lines and financial leases of transportation and certain store equipment.
The table below sets forth selected information regarding our outstanding indebtedness corresponding to the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes (which were repaid in full with the proceeds of our IPO) as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. We repaid in full all amounts outstanding under the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes in February 2024 with the proceeds from our IPO. Variations in the aggregate amount of our indebtedness from period to period are primarily due to either increases in accrued interest payable on the Promissory Notes, which were payable in U.S. dollars, or to the issuance of the Convertible Notes, which were repaid in full with the proceeds of our IPO.
As of December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(thousands of Ps.)
Senior Promissory Notes
Debt – Related parties
Ps.
—
Ps.
4,158,458
Ps.
4,098,238
Debt – Third parties
—
20,454
20,158
Total
Ps.
—
Ps.
4,178,912
Ps.
4,118,396
2017 Junior Promissory Notes
—
Debt – Related parties
Ps.
—
Ps.
179,245
Ps.
175,114
Debt – Third parties
—
34,142
33,355
Total
Ps.
—
Ps.
213,387
Ps.
208,469
2020 Junior Promissory Notes
Debt – Related parties
Ps.
—
Ps.
2,749
Ps.
2,707
Debt – Third parties
—
15,118
14,890
Total
Ps.
—
Ps.
17,867
Ps.
17,597
Convertible Notes
—
Debt – Third parties
Ps.
—
Ps.
380,002
Ps.
376,878
Total
Ps.
—
Ps.
380,002
Ps.
376,878
Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes
Prior to our IPO, as part of our financing strategy, we incurred indebtedness pursuant to senior and junior U.S. dollar-denominated pay-in-kind promissory notes and pay-in-kind convertible notes, all of which were repaid in full with the proceeds of our IPO. The Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes contained substantially identical covenants, including relating to limitations on disposition of assets, restricted payments and incurrence of indebtedness, and were guaranteed by Tiendas BBB, S.A. de C.V., Tiendas Tres B, S.A. de C.V. and Desarrolladora Tres B, S.A. de C.V. (the “Guarantors”). As of the date of this annual report, the Guarantors have merged into Tiendas Tres B., S.A. de C.V., with this entity surviving the merger.
Set forth below is a summary of the principal terms of the Promissory Notes, which were repaid in full with the proceeds of our IPO, and the Convertible Notes:
Senior Promissory Notes
. On November 30, 2016, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Senior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which BBB Foods Inc. issued U.S. dollar-denominated payment-in-kind promissory notes (the “Senior Promissory Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of US$94,747,329 (Ps.1,669,401 thousand) with an original maturity date of November 30, 2022, which was later extended to May 31, 2024 and then to December 31, 2026 by the holders. The Senior Promissory Notes accrued interest at a rate of 14% per annum with a default interest rate of 5% per annum. Interest on the Senior Promissory Notes was added to the outstanding principal amount thereof, such that the outstanding principal amount increased by an amount equal to the accrued interest. As of December 31, 2023, accrued interest contractually outstanding on the Senior Promissory Notes was
US$152,620,740 (Ps.2,578,298 thousand). The aggregate principal amount and all accrued interest on the Senior Promissory Notes was payable on the maturity date. 99.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Promissory Notes was held by related parties of the Company, including certain of its shareholders, and the remaining 0.5% was held by third parties. The Senior Promissory Notes were guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee agreement dated November 20, 2020. As consideration for the Senior Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, we agreed to pay an additional US$4,100,000 to the Senior Promissory Note holders on the date the Senior Promissory Notes were repaid with the proceeds of our IPO.
2017 Junior Promissory Notes
.
On August 9, 2017, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which BBB Foods Inc. issued U.S. dollar-denominated payment-in-kind promissory notes (the “2017 Junior Promissory Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of US$5,000,000 (Ps.88,098 thousand) with an original maturity date of November 30, 2022, which was later extended to May 31, 2024 and then to December 31, 2026 by the holders. The 2017 Junior Promissory Notes were subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Senior Promissory Notes. The 2017 Junior Promissory Notes accrued interest at a rate of 15% per annum with a default interest rate of 5% per annum. Interest on the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes was added to the outstanding principal amount thereof, such that the outstanding principal amount increased by an amount equal to the accrued interest. As of December 31, 2023 accrued interest contractually outstanding on the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes was US$7,631,284 (Ps.128,919 thousand). The aggregate principal amount and all accrued interest on the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes was payable on the maturity date. 84.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes was held by related parties of the Company, including certain of its shareholders and the remaining 16.0% was held by third parties. The 2017 Junior Promissory Notes were guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee agreement dated November 20, 2020. As consideration for the 2017 Junior Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, we agreed to pay an additional US$230,000 to the 2017 Junior Promissory Note holders on the date the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes were repaid with the proceeds of our IPO.
2020 Junior Promissory Notes
. On June 30, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which BBB Foods Inc. issued U.S. dollar-denominated payment-in-kind promissory notes (the “2020 Junior Promissory Notes” and, together with the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes, the “Junior Promissory Notes” and the Junior Promissory Notes, together with the Senior Promissory Notes, the “Promissory Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of US$650,000 (Ps.11,453 thousand) with an original maturity date of June 30, 2023, which was later extended to May 31, 2024 and then to December 31, 2026 by the holders. The 2020 Junior Promissory Notes were subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Senior Promissory Notes. The 2020 Junior Promissory Notes accrued interest at a rate of 14% per annum with a default interest rate of 5% per annum. Interest on the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes was added to the outstanding principal amount thereof, such that the outstanding principal amount increased by an amount equal to the accrued interest. As of December 31, 2023, accrued interest contractually outstanding on the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes was US$407,613 (Ps.6,887 thousand). The aggregate principal amount and all accrued interest on the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes was payable on the maturity date. 15.4% of the aggregate principal amount of our 2020 Junior Promissory Notes was held by related parties of the Company, including certain of its shareholders and the remaining 84.6% was held by third parties. The 2020 Junior Promissory Notes were guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee agreement dated November 20, 2020. As consideration for the 2020 Junior Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, we agreed to pay an additional US$20,000 to the 2020 Junior Promissory Note holders on the date the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes were repaid with the proceeds of our IPO.
Convertible Notes
. On November 20, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Convertible Promissory Note Agreement with LIV FD, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.N.R., pursuant to which BBB Foods Inc. issued U.S. dollar-denominated convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of US$15,000,000 (the “Convertible Notes”). The Company issued two convertible notes under the facility. The first Convertible Note was issued on November 20, 2020 in an aggregate principal amount of US$7,500,000. The second Convertible Note was issued on February 3, 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of US$7,500,000. The Convertible Notes were subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Senior Promissory Notes. The Convertible Notes matured on November 20, 2026 and accrued interest at a rate of 14% per annum compounded quarterly. Interest on the Convertible Notes was added to the outstanding principal amount thereof, such that the outstanding principal amount increased by an amount equal
to the accrued interest. The aggregate principal amount and all accrued interest on the Convertible Notes was payable on the maturity date. The Convertible Notes were guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee agreement dated November 20, 2020. As of December 31, 2023, the contractual amounts payable under the Convertible Notes were US$22,830,216 (Ps.385,682 thousand).
Starting on May 25, 2025, and until the maturity date, the Convertible Notes were convertible into Class A common shares of the Company, at the option of the holder. The number of Class A common shares in which the Convertible Notes were convertible was equal to the outstanding principal amount plus the amount of all accrued and unpaid interest at the time of the conversion, divided by the conversion price (US$86.25). The Convertible Notes were classified as a financial liability since there was no fixed conversion rate because they were denominated in U.S. dollars and the Company’s functional currency is the Mexico peso. Therefore, the conversion rate would have been determined depending on the exchange rate on the conversion date. Additionally, because the Convertible Notes were convertible at the option of the holder, the amount of principal and accrued interest from the incurrence of the debt until settlement was uncertain.
C.
RESEARCH A
ND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.
Given the nature of the business, the Company’s research and development expenses are not meaningful.
Our most important brands, slogans and logos are protected by trademarks in Mexico through registration with the Mexican Industrial Property Institute (
Instituto Mexicano de la Propiedad Industrial
). Protection of a trademark in Mexico continues for as long as the brand is registered and used. As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately 1,515 owned brand files and registries in Mexico. In addition, within Mexico our licensors register their own brands granting us the right to use them within the territory.
D.
TREN
D INFORMATION
Principal Factors Affecting our Results of Operations and Material Trends
Overall economic trends
. The overall economic environment and related changes in consumer behavior have a significant impact on our business. Given we focus on consumer staples, shifts in economic conditions may increase or decrease customer spending at our stores. While improvements in economic conditions generally lead to increased spending, our business model naturally hedges against downturns as consumers seek affordability during economically challenging times. When economic conditions improve, we tend to retain these captured customers as they appreciate our focus not only on price but also on quality. Macroeconomic factors that can affect customer spending patterns, and thereby our results of operations, include employment rates, inflation, business conditions, the availability of credit, interest rates, flow of remittances from abroad, tax rates and fuel and energy costs.
Product mix, consumer preferences and demand
. Our ability to continue appealing to existing customers and attract new ones depends on our capacity to originate, develop, and offer a compelling product assortment of private labels and branded products that is aligned to customer preferences. Although most of our products are staples, misjudging the market for our products may result in excess inventories or lower sales, impacting our sales growth and profitability.
Materialization of infrastructure investment to support growth
. Our historical operating results reflect the impact of our ongoing investments to support our growth, including store expansion investments as well as in our proprietary warehouse and distribution network. We have made significant investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth. We believe that strengthening our management team and enhancing our information systems, including our regional management, will enable us to support our continued growth and allow scaling our profitable business model.
Effective sourcing and distribution of products
. Our sales and gross profit are affected by our ability to purchase the products we sell in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We believe our suppliers have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, in part because we collaborate and coordinate closely with them on the development of new private label products. However, our suppliers’ ability to timely manufacture and
deliver the products may be subject to various factors, including, among others, changes to the prices and flow of goods and ingredients, logistics disruptions, availability and cost of raw materials and labor disruptions. Any disruption in our supply chain could adversely affect our sales and profitability, including due to an inability to procure and stock sufficient quantities of merchandise to match market demand and our expansion plans resulting in lost sales.
Inflation and deflation trends
. Our financial results can be directly impacted by substantial increases in product costs due to commodity cost increases or general inflation, which could lead to a reduction in our sales as well as greater margin pressure if costs cannot be passed on to consumers. To date, changes in general inflation have not materially impacted our business. In response to increasing general inflation, we seek to minimize the impact of such events by sourcing our merchandise from different vendors, changing our product mix and increasing our pricing when necessary.
Natural disasters and unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change).
The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as Hurricane Otis that struck Acapulco, Guerrero on Mexico’s pacific coast on October 25, 2023 where we have 54 stores, and other future hurricanes, fires, floods, tornadoes, earthquakes, unusual weather conditions. If any of these events result in the closure, or a limitation on operating hours, of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, our sourcing offices, our corporate headquarters or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially and adversely affected through an inability or reduced ability to make deliveries or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. These events also could affect consumer shopping patterns or prevent customers from reaching our stores, which could lead to lost sales and higher markdowns, new store or distribution center opening delays, the temporary or long-term disruption of product availability in our stores, the temporary or long-term inability to obtain or access technology needed to effectively run our business and disruption of our utility services or information systems. These events may also increase the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage by us or in the market more generally. In this case, as a result of the impact of Hurricane Otis, the Company recognized Ps.42,422 in impairment losses as other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 due to damages to properties, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements resulting from the hurricane and related events. In addition, the Company recognized Ps.7,598 as sales expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 in connection with cash losses due to theft, debris removal and equipment repairs. Finally, the Company also recognized Ps.30,409 in cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2023 as a result of inventory obsolescence. Given the extensive damage to Acapulco’s infrastructure, its population and their property, 51 stores were temporarily closed and thus we have delayed our expansion plans in the city which may affect our broader expansion plans, operations and financial performance. Although our stores were covered by insurance, there is no assurance that our insurers will cover all or a substantial amount of the losses incurred. Moreover, even if we receive adequate compensation from insurers, there is no guaranty that economic conditions in Acapulco will recover in a manner that will allow us to operate under the same conditions that prevailed before the storm.
E.
CRITICA
L ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with IFRS. In preparing our financial statements, we make assumptions, judgements and estimates about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We base our estimates, assumptions and significant judgements on historical experience and other factors that we considered relevant. Actual results may differ from said estimates.
We reviewed our estimates, assumptions and significant judgments continuously. Our revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the review period and future periods if the review affects both the current period and subsequent periods.
We disclose our significant accounting policies in the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.
Information on the judgments made in applying accounting policies that have significant effect on the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements are included in Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS,
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
A.
DIRECTORS AN
D SENIOR MANAGEMENT
Board of Directors
Our memorandum and articles of association provide that the board of directors will be composed of a minimum of seven directors and a maximum of 15 directors, with the number of board seats being exclusively determined by a resolution of directors (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the size of the board of directors may not be changed by the shareholders of the Company at any time (whether by resolution of members, special resolution of members or otherwise)).
Our board of directors is composed of nine members. Our directors do not have a retirement age requirement under our memorandum and articles of association.
Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to certain exceptions, directors are elected by resolution of our shareholders, which requires the affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast on the resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting (notwithstanding that such votes may represent less than a majority of the votes represented at the meeting and entitled to vote). Each director is appointed and elected for such term as set out in our memorandum and articles of association or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Our memorandum and articles of association provide that our directors are divided into three classes designated as the “Class I,” “Class II,” and “Class III” directors. Each director will serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the shareholders following the annual general meeting of the shareholders at which such director was elected (except that the terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors listed below expire at the annual meetings identified below), subject to the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association. The Class I directors that were put in place upon consummation of our IPO will hold office until our upcoming annual general meeting, expected to be held on or about April 29, 2025, unless re-elected. Our directors have been divided among the three classes as follows:
•
the Class I directors are Ms. Martinez, Mr. Stevens and Dr. Bakker Lee; they were re-elected (in the case of Ms. Martinez) or elected for the first time (in the cases of Mr. Stevens and Dr. Bakker Lee) at the annual general meeting of the shareholders held on April 29, 2025; their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of the shareholders expected to be held no later than April 2028;
•
the initial Class II directors are Messrs. Hatoum, Cappello and Meffre; their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of the shareholders expected to be held no later than April 2026; and
•
the initial Class III directors are Ms. Reich and Messrs. Fuster and Khouri; their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of shareholders expected to be held no later than April 2027.
See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for further information.
The following table sets forth the current members of our board of directors and their ages as of December 31, 2024.
The business address of our directors is Av. Presidente Masaryk 8, Polanco V Sección, Miguel Hidalgo, Mexico City, Mexico 11560. The following sets forth biographical information for each of the members of our board of directors:
K. Anthony Hatoum.
K. Anthony Hatoum is the founder, Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mr. Hatoum began his professional career in J.P. Morgan’s investment banking division in New York and later as a Senior Engagement Manager at McKinsey & Co. in New York. He later joined Merrill Lynch’s global private equity group as a Managing Director where he covered BIM, the Turkish hard-discount food retailer. Mr. Hatoum began his first of a series of entrepreneurial ventures in 1998, and he also co-founded Advantage Card, a leading credit card, consumer finance and loyalty program in Turkey and then went on to co-found E-bebek, a leading retailer of baby products in Turkey and among the first online retailer in Turkey. Mr. Hatoum holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Civil Engineering from Columbia University, a Master’s Degree in Civil Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an MBA from Stanford Graduate School of Business.
Nicole Reich.
Nicole Reich has been a director of the Company since 2023. Ms. Reich is the President of the Board of BNP Paribas Cardif Mexico, the insurance arm of BNP Paribas in Mexico, where she previously served as chief executive officer for eight years. Ms. Reich has held other leadership positions in the financial sector, primarily across Latin America, including at The Bank of Nova Scotia and Citi. Ms. Reich also serves as president of the Risk and Audit Committees of multiple institutions. She has received numerous accolades, including “Woman of the Year” by the Mexican Senate. Ms. Reich holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Computer Science from the Instituto Tecnológico de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey and an MBA from the Instituto Tecnológico Autónomo de México (ITAM) with postgraduate studies at the Kellogg School of Business at Northwestern University.
Dennis Stevens.
Dennis Stevens is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of SecureCorp, a company that develops, implements and operates advanced security technologies for multinational corporations and governments, as well as the founder and president of Pretorious Ltd., a drone manufacturing start-up based in Canada and Mexico. Mr. Stevens has over 35 years of experience across private equity, venture capital and corporate strategy in Latin America. His ventures include the Nostos Group and Mythos Group, which operate high-end Greek restaurants in Mexico; Centiva S.A. de C.V., a company that designs and operates employee incentive programs for large companies; and Screencast S.A.P.I. de C.V., a digital out-of-home media company. Previously, he worked in the private equity and venture capital groups of several leading finance firms, including Discovery Capital Americas LLC, where he participated in the launch of the Mexican discount airline Volaris; La Caisse de Dépôts et Placements du Québec, where he specialized in private equity deals originating in Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela, Central America and the Caribbean; and Nexus Ventures International Inc., a hybrid venture capital boutique that developed industrial and environmental joint ventures between strategic and local co-investors across Latin America. Before that, he worked as a consultant for Boston Consulting Group and worked as an analyst at John Labatt Ltd. Mr. Stevens holds an MBA from the Ivey School of Business and an Honors Business Administration degree from the University of Western Ontario’s School of Business Administration.
Angela Bakker Lee.
Angela Bakker Lee is the Chief Executive Officer of Pineapple Ventures, a start-up investor and strategic advisor to several U.S. companies launching innovative technology and AI-powered solutions in healthcare including Lighten Platforms, LifeAire Systems and Ambit. Dr. Bakker Lee has over 20 years of senior leadership and general management experience, overseeing go-to-market strategy, product evolution and pricing,
channel partnerships and M&A. Prior to becoming an investor, Dr. Bakker Lee served as Executive Vice President for SomaLogic, a proteomics technology and service provider with headquarters in Colorado that completed an IPO in 2021. She also held leadership positions at Quid, an AI software provider in San Francisco, and at IBM in New York, where she launched the Watson Business Unit. She began her professional career in 1996 first by joining MAG, an industry-first bioinformatics start-up in Palo Alto California that was later acquired by Celera Genomics, and then as a Global Managing Partner at ZS Associates, a management consulting firm whose healthcare industry clients hail from over 40 countries. Dr. Bakker Lee holds a bachelor’s degree from Stanford University and a PhD in Immunology from Strathclyde, which she earned as a Marshall Scholar in the UK.
Alexander Fuster.
Alexander Fuster has been a director of the Company since 2011. Mr. Fuster is currently a private investor and heads a family office based in Miami, Florida. Prior to his current role, Mr. Fuster co-founded and led a series of privately-held healthcare investments in managed care, and medical services provider networks with an integrated pharmacy delivery system in Florida. He was a founding principal at Penske Capital Partners, a private equity firm in New York and also served as president of Leland Corporation, a private investor venture fund. Mr. Fuster was also a consultant at McKinsey & Company and an accountant and consultant for PricewaterhouseCoopers. He holds a Bachelor of Sciences in Business Administration degree with high honors from the University of Notre Dame and an MBA from Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business.
Juan Pablo Cappello.
Juan Pablo Cappello has been a director of the Company since 2020. Mr. Cappello is the co-founder and partner of PAG Law and has been actively advising companies throughout Latin America for over thirty years since he began his legal career at one of the leading law firms in Santiago, Chile. His practice has focused on financial technology and digital assets, having served as the chief legal officer of Patagon.com, considered among the first financial technology business in Latin America, and led the in-house team in the sale to Santander. Mr. Cappello has since been involved in the co-founding of other business ventures, including NUE Life Health and Wonder.com. He is actively involved in the growth of development of Miami’s technology ecosystem, having founded LAB Miami, LAB Ventures and Miami Angels. PAG Law has been named Latin American Venture Capital Law Firm of the Year –2022 by Global 100. Mr. Cappello received his undergraduate degree from Duke University and his law degree from NYU Law School.
Sami Khouri.
Sami Khouri has been a director of the Company since 2004. Mr. Khouri is the chief executive officer and a board member of United Investors Holding SAL, a Beirut-based group of distribution companies, that retail and distribute brands such as Nike, Converse and Levi’s. Since 1975, he has been actively involved in various business enterprises and has founded different ventures in diversified sectors, including local consumer goods industries, import and distributorships for multinational suppliers in fast moving consumer goods, pharmaceuticals, real estate development and investment banking. Mr. Khouri also serves as director in Gazzaoui Holding, an electrical component and water pump distributor in Lebanon and Qatar, as well a director of Eathos Ltd, a restaurant franchise operator in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the Gulf states. Additionally, he is actively involved in several non-governmental organizations. Mr. Khouri serves as a director of Endeavor, global organization that supports high-impact entrepreneurs in emerging markets, The Lebanese Center for Palliative Care/BALSAM and Ruwwad Al Tanmeya in Lebanon, which is focused on the empowerment of marginalized societies through scholarships for education, and as a Trustee of Nusaned, a humanitarian community-based Lebanese NGO. He holds a degree in Economics from the American University of Beirut.
Alexis Meffre.
Alexis Meffre has been a director of the Company since 2023. Mr. Meffre joined Quilvest Capital Partners in 2018 as its Executive Chairman and he currently serves as CEO and heads its Executive Committee. He has over 20 years of private equity and finance experience across Europe, the United States and in Emerging Markets. Prior to joining Quilvest, Mr. Meffre was a Director at ACG Capital (ex Groupama Private Equity), co-manager of the investment team and member of the investment committee. At ACG Capital, he was leading private equity fund investments in primary and secondary opportunities, buy-out, venture capital and/ growth equity, debt and mezzanine, infrastructure and special situations. Mr. Meffre was also actively involved in client relationship, fundraising and new products development. From 2003 to 2007, he worked at Proparco (a French Development Financial Institution) where he co-founded the Private Equity team, focusing on emerging markets (direct investments, private equity fund investments and co-investments). Mr. Meffre began his career as financial analyst in Sydney with BNP PARIBAS Equities Australia and then joined Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research focusing on EMEA markets in London. He serves on the Bemberg Family Council, as well as the Boards of Bemberg Capital, Quilvest Capital Partners SA, Quilvest Capital Partners AM SA (the Quilvest Group AIFM).
Mr. Meffre is a graduate from HEC Paris (
Hautes Etudes Commerciales
) and IEP Paris (
Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Paris
).
Stephanie Martinez.
Stephanie Martinez has been a director of the Company since 2023. Ms. Martinez, is currently the managing director for France of Montblanc, a German luxury pen and accessory label owned by Richemont. Before 2024 and for 10 years, she was the managing director of the same company for Latin America, where she oversaw the brand’s expansion into the region. Prior to Montblanc, Ms. Martinez was the managing director for Mexico of Swarovski, an Austrian family business in its fifth generation. She has also held positions at luxury label Chanel. Ms. Martinez holds a business degree from Neoma Business School and a diploma from Instituto Tecnológico Autónomo de México (ITAM).
Executive Officers
Our officers are appointed by the board of directors. The following table sets forth our current executive officers, their titles, their ages and the years with our company as of December 31, 2024.
Officer
Position
Age
Years with our
company
K. Anthony Hatoum
Chief Executive Officer
61
20
Eduardo Pizzuto
Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer
54
17
Diego Apalategui
Director of Sales and Operations
48
20
Luis Bermúdez
Director of Purchasing
54
6
Javier Suárez
Director of Human Resources
48
20
Pablo Grattarola
Director of Information Technology
52
1
Alejandro Dávila
Director of Real Estate
47
2
The business address of our key executives is Av. Presidente Masaryk 8, Polanco V Sección, Miguel Hidalgo, Mexico City, Mexico 11560. The following sets forth biographical information for each of our key executives:
K. Anthony Hatoum
. See “—Board of Directors.”
Eduardo Pizzuto.
Eduardo Pizzuto is the Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer of the Company. Mr. Pizzuto has been with the Company since 2007, actively involved in various capacities which include expansion, procurement and operational aspects, while overseeing financial aspects of the business. Before joining the Company, he was chief executive officer at a valve manufacturing company. Mr. Pizzuto has also worked for Nestlé Purina, managing its Wal-Mart Sam’s account in Bentonville, Arkansas, and later serving as the National Sales Manager of Nestlé Purina in Mexico. Mr. Pizzuto holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Industrial Engineering from Universidad Iberoamericana in Mexico and an MBA from Cox School of Business at Southern Methodist University.
Diego Apalategui.
Diego Apalategui is the Director of Sales and Operations of the Company. Mr. Apalategui has over two decades of experience in the retail industry. After beginning his career as a restaurant manager with Burger King Argentina, he transitioned to EKI, a then nascent retail venture with just six stores which scaled during Mr. Apalategui’s tenure to 250 stores. Mr. Apalategui joined Tiendas 3B in December 2004 as Director of Sales and Operations. He graduated as a commercial agent from the Navy Commander Tomas Espora secondary school in Buenos Aires.
Luis Bermúdez.
Luis Bermúdez is the Director of Purchasing of the Company. Mr. Bermúdez has more than 20 years of international experience in category management and strategic purchasing with a focus on private label assortment building and discount retailing concepts. He began his career at Lidl Discount Spain as a Category Manager and then transitioned to Aldi Discount Spain, where he managed a broad portfolio of providers. Before joining Tiendas 3B in 2018, Mr. Bermúdez served as Import Categories Purchasing Manager for the Saudi Market at Dukan Retailing Discount Company While there, he was involved in the company’s purchasing strategy. Mr.
Bermúdez holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration, with a specialization in Market Research, from the Escuela Superior de Negocios y Marketing in Zaragoza, Spain. He also holds an MBA from ESIC Business & Marketing School in Barcelona, Spain.
Javier Suárez.
Javier Suárez is the Director of Human Resources of the Company. Mr. Suárez has been with the Company since 2004 helping shape the growth and development of Tiendas 3B’s workforce. He began his professional career in operational roles at McDonald’s in Argentina, and later as Operations Manager of EKI. Mr. Suárez holds a Bachelor’s and Master’s degree in Humanistic Psychology from Universidad Gestalt in Mexico City and is currently pursuing a Ph.D. in philosophy at the same institution. Mr. Suárez also holds an MBA degree from IPADE Business School in Mexico City. Additionally, he is a professor of human capital management and strategic relationships at Universidad Panamericana in Mexico City.
Pablo Grattarola.
Pablo Grattarola is the Director of Information Technology of the Company. Mr. Grattarola brings over two decades of multi-sector experience to the role. He began his career at AB-InBev in Uruguay, where he advanced from IT Analyst to Regional IT Lead over a 10-year period, gaining significant experience in risk, compliance, and auditing processes. Mr. Grattarola later transitioned to the role of chief information officer across various industries, including retail, health, financial technology, and finance. He served as chief information officer of Banco Santander Uruguay, where he led key initiatives in risk, compliance, and cybersecurity and was involved in various projects including enterprise resource planning migrations and credit card conversions, as well as being involved in the mergers and acquisitions and due diligence activities. Mr. Grattarola holds an Information Systems Engineering Degree from Universidad Tecnológica Nacional and an MBA degree from Universidad de Belgrano, both in Argentina. He also holds an AGILE Certification from Maryland University and is an active member of the ISACA Uruguay organization, which focuses on cybersecurity.
Alejandro Dávila.
Alejandro Dávila is the Director of Real Estate of the Company. Prior to joining Tiendas 3B in 2022, Mr. Davila worked at OXXO, where he served as General Manager for OXXO Colombia and was closely involved in OXXO’s international expansion, overseeing the company’s growth into Colombia, Chile, Brazil and Peru between 2018 and 2021. Mr. Dávila holds a civil engineering degree from Instituto Tecnológico de Nuevo León, with a Master’s Degree in Business Planning from Instituto Tecnólogico de Piedras Negras and leadership diplomas from Instituto Tecnológico y de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey and IPADE Business School, all in Mexico.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships between any of the directors and executive officers.
B.
COMPE
NSATION
Compensation of Directors and Officers
We are not required by British Virgin Islands law to disclose compensation paid to our senior management on an individual basis and we have not otherwise publicly disclosed this information elsewhere.
Our directors, executive officers and management in general receive fixed and variable compensation. They also receive benefits generally in line with market practice in Mexico. The fixed component of their compensation is set on market terms and adjusted annually.
The variable component consists of cash bonuses and awards of options to purchase shares. Cash bonuses are paid to executive officers and members of our management based on previously agreed targets for the business and have been approved by the board of directors each year. Options have been awarded under our 2004 Option Plan or Equity Incentive Plan, as discussed below.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the aggregate compensation expense for the members of the board of directors and our executive officers for services in all capacities was Ps.748,907 thousand, which includes both share-based payments and cash compensation.
We have a Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, dated as of July 15, 2004 (as amended) (the “2004 Option Plan”) pursuant to which we have granted options to purchase Class C common shares of the Company to certain employees, directors and other service providers of the Company and its subsidiaries. The share options are generally subject to time-based vesting requirements and generally vest over a five-year period, with 25% of the share options vesting at the end of each of the second, third, fourth and fifth calendar year following the calendar year in which they were granted (subject to continued employment and service requirements) (the “Common Options”). In connection with our IPO, our board of directors agreed to accelerate the vesting of all Common Options that were issued during or prior to December 2020 to the extent that such Common Options were outstanding and unvested as of immediately prior to the closing of our IPO.
We have also issued certain exit options under the 2004 Option Plan to senior management and to current and former members of the board of directors. They are identical in terms to the Common Options granted under the 2004 Option Plan, except that they vest immediately upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering by the Company (the “Exit Options” and, together with the Common Options, the “Stock Options”). Accordingly, all of the Exit Options vested upon our IPO. Share numbers presented in this section were calculated after giving effect to a 3-for-1 share split carried out in connection with our IPO.
The maximum number of Class C common shares that may be issued under the 2004 Option Plan was 45,000,000 Class C common shares, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the 2004 Option Plan.
As of the date of this annual report, a total of 38,232,812 Class C common shares are issuable upon the exercise of Stock Options granted under our 2004 Option Plan, of which 24,802,187 Class C common shares correspond to Stock Options that are fully vested (including the Common Options for which vesting was accelerated). Of the 38,232,812 Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of Stock Options, 31,311,835 Class C common shares correspond to Common Options and 6,920,977 correspond to Exit Options.
The table below sets forth the number of Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of Common Options granted per year (net of forfeitures) and the weighted average strike prices of the Class C common shares subject to Common Options (considering the 3-for-1 share split effected in connection with our IPO).
Number of Class C common shares subject to Common Options
2024
2023
2022
Outstanding as of January 1,
34,991,250
29,366,250
22,031,250
Granted during the year
—
6,270,000
7,335,000
Forfeited during the year
(1,492,500
)
(645,000
)
—
Outstanding as of December 31,
33,498,750
34,991,250
29,366,250
Weighted average strike price (US$)
US$
5.98
US$
6.02
US$
4.69
During 2024 and until the date of this annual report, a total of 2,093,449 Class C common shares subject to Common Options were exercised (considering the 3-for-1 share split effected in connection with our IPO), and 93,466 were cancelled due to a net settlement of the exercised options. Thus, the Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of Common Options as of the date of this annual report are 31,311,835.
The table below sets forth the number of Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of Exit Options granted per year (net of forfeitures) and the weighted average strike prices of the Class C common shares subject to Exit Options (considering the 3-for-1 share split effected in connection with our IPO).
Number of Class C common shares subject to Exit Options
2024
2023
2022
Outstanding as of January 1,
7,444,974
7,064,982
7,064,982
Granted during the year
—
379,992
—
Forfeited during the year
—
—
—
Outstanding as of December 31,
7,444,974
7,444,974
7,064,982
Weighted average strike price (US$)
US$
3.43
US$
3.43
US$
3.45
During 2024 and until the date of this annual report, a total of 472,604 Class C common shares subject to Exit Options were exercised (considering the 3-for-1 share split effected in connection with our IPO), and 51,393 were cancelled due to a net settlement of the exercised options. Thus, the Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of Exit Options granted as of such date were 6,920,977.
The Stock Options issued under the 2004 Option Plan are governed by the terms of the 2004 Option Plan, and the Common Options (to the extent unvested) will continue to vest on the same terms and conditions that originally applied to such Common Options. No additional Stock Options have been or will be granted under the 2004 Option Plan after our IPO. Since the Class C common shares were subject to restrictions on sale for a period of 180 days after the date of the prospectus relating to our IPO, and are subject to additional restrictions for a further 24 months following such 180-day period, our board determined that any vested Stock Options issued under the 2004 Option Plan cannot be exercised until the earliest to occur of (1) the conversion of Class C common shares pursuant to the initial exercise of registration rights under our memorandum and articles of association, (2) July 8, 2026, (3) upon and in connection with any business combination or offer to acquire the Company that would represent a change in control of the Company, which will result in the automatic acceleration of all vested options, and (4) the conversion of Class C common shares into Class A common shares upon the affirmative vote of holders representing at least 75% of the votes of the Class B common shares and Class C common shares voting as a single class (provided that such conversion does not take place within 18 months of the date of the prospectus relating to our IPO).
Liquidity Event Shares
Our board of directors adopted a plan in 2023 pursuant to which certain members of senior management and Bolton Partners Ltd., a vehicle affiliated with Mr. Hatoum, would become eligible to receive incremental equity compensation upon consummation of our IPO, subject to certain targets of enterprise valuation being met (the “Liquidity Event Share Plan”). The board of directors approved 7,500,000 Class C common shares to be allocated by the Company’s CEO among Bolton Partners Ltd. and his direct reports. The allocation, the final terms and conditions and the delivery of such liquidity bonus remains undefined. Accordingly, the related shares have not been issued.
Bolton Partners Share Allocation
Pursuant to the terms of the 2004 shareholders’ agreement as in effect prior to our IPO, Bolton Partners Ltd., a vehicle affiliated with Mr. Hatoum, was entitled to receive Class C common shares of the Company following consummation of our IPO (the “Bolton Partners Share Allocation”). 4,224,960 Class C shares were allocated to Bolton Partners as a result.
Delivery of the Class C common shares under the Bolton Partners Share Allocation is delayed until after the earlier of (1) a date to be determined by us that is after January 1, 2025 but on or prior to December 31, 2025 or (2) any business combination or offer to acquire the Company that would represent a change in control of the Company and also constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, in each case, within the meaning of Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Delayed Delivery”).
See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions–A. Major Shareholders” for the fully diluted share ownership of Bolton Partners Ltd.
2024 Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors has adopted, and our shareholders have approved, an equity incentive plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”) prior to the completion of our IPO, in order to provide a means through which to attract, retain and motivate key personnel. Awards under the Equity Incentive Plan may be granted to any (i) individual employed by the Company or its subsidiaries (other than those U.S. employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or similar agreement); (ii) director of the Company or its subsidiaries; or (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or its subsidiaries who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act. The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has properly delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee exists, our board of directors.
Under the Equity Incentive Plan, 8,400,000 Class A common shares were initially reserved for issuance. Each award granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will reduce the plan share reserve by the number of common shares underlying the award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the plan share reserve shall be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year following the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 by a number of common shares equal to the lesser of (i) 2.0% of all outstanding common shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (ii) the number of common shares as may be determined by our board of directors.
All awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will vest and/or become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Compensation Committee. Awards available for grant under the Equity Incentive Plan include non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, restricted common shares, restricted stock units, other equity-based awards tied to the value of our Class A common shares, and cash-based awards.
Awards other than cash-based awards are generally subject to adjustment in the event of (i) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of common shares or other securities, or other similar transactions or events, or (ii) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirement. In addition, in connection with any change in control, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following: (i) a substitution or assumption of, acceleration of the vesting of, the exercisability of, or lapse of restrictions on, any one or more outstanding awards and (ii) cancellation of any one or more outstanding awards and payment to the holders of such awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
Our board of directors of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time, but no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination may be made without shareholder approval if (i) such approval is required under applicable law; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events); or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Equity Incentive Plan. Any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.
All awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan are subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any clawback, forfeiture or other similar policy adopted by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee and as in effect from time to time and (ii) applicable law.
As of the date of this annual report, our board of directors has approved the following awards under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan:
A pool of 1,320,000 stock options, each exercisable for one Class A common share, to our employees, of which 1,310,000 have been granted. These stock options vest over four years, with 25.0% vesting at the end of each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of December 10, 2024 (the “Grant Date”). The exercise price will be US$29.09 per share, the closing price of our Class A common shares on the Grant Date.
•
305,000 restricted stock units, each equal to one Class A common share (“RSUs”), all of which have been granted to senior management and certain members of the Board as a compensation bonus. These RSUs are subject to a cliff-vesting over a one-year period, with 100% of the total RSUs vesting in a single installment on January 1, 2026.
•
280,000 RSUs, all of which have been granted to senior management as long-term incentives. These RSUs vest over three years.
•
A compensation pool of 20,000 RSUs to be used to compensate certain senior advisors during 2025, all of which are yet to be granted. Awards are expected to be in the range of 3,000 to 6,000 RSUs per person. These RSUs, when granted, will be subject to a cliff-vesting over a one-year period, with 100% of the RSUs vesting in a single installment on the first anniversary of the respective grant date.
Agreements with our Executive Officers
As required under Mexican labor laws, certain of our executive officers have entered into employment agreements with us, certain of which provide for severance and notice of termination benefits.
C.
BOA
RD PRACTICES
Term of Office
Dates of expiration of terms of office of the directors of the Company and the years of each director and the company can be found in
“
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees–—A. Directors and Senior Management.
”
Committees
The board of directors of the Company has formed an Audit Committee. In addition, although not required under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, our memorandum and articles of association establish a Compensation Committee and during 2024 approved the creation of an ESG committee. The board of directors may dissolve and appoint at any time any committee. At least one meeting shall be held by each committee on a quarterly basis.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is comprised of Ms. Reich, who serves as chair, and Messrs. Fuster and Cappello.
The Audit Committee is governed by a charter that complies with the New York Stock Exchange rules and is available on our investor relations website at https://www.investorstiendas3b.com/. The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:
•
the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of any auditor or accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services;
•
pre-approving the audit services and non-audit services to be provided by our independent auditor before the auditor is engaged to render such services;
reviewing and discussing with the independent auditor its responsibilities under generally accepted auditing standards, the planned scope and timing of the independent auditor’s annual audit plan(s) and significant findings from the audit;
•
obtaining and reviewing a report from the independent auditor describing all relationships between the independent auditor and the Company consistent with the applicable Public Company Accounting Oversight Board ("PCAOB") requirements regarding the independent auditor’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence;
•
confirming and evaluating the rotation of the audit partners on the audit engagement team as required by law;
•
reviewing with management, in separate meetings whenever the Audit Committee deems appropriate, any analyses or other written communications prepared by management and/or the independent auditor setting forth significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including analyses of the effects of alternative IFRS methods on the financial statements, and other critical accounting policies and practices of the Company;
•
reviewing, in conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer of the Company, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;
•
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and
•
approving or ratifying any related party transaction (as defined in our related party transaction policy) in accordance with our related party transaction policy.
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee is comprised Ms. Reich, Mr. Khouri and Mr. Fuster. The Compensation Committee is responsible for assessing and providing recommendations to the board of directors in relation to salaries and compensation packages of executive officers of the Company, and for administering the 2004 Option Plan and Equity Incentive Plan. Our Compensation Committee charter is available on our investor relations website at
https://www.investorstiendas3b.com/
.
ESG Committee
Until the date of the Company's first annual general meeting on April 29, 2025, the ESG Committee had been comprised of Mr. le Ruyet and Mr. Gertsacov. As Messrs. le Ruyet and Gertsacov decided not to seek re-election as Class I directors of the Company, it is intended that the ESG Committee be reconstituted in the near future. The ESG Committee has been and will be responsible for reviewing the development of the Company’s sustainability strategy, as well as monitoring its implementation and progress.
Code of Ethics
On January 28, 2024 we adopted a revised Code of Business Conducts and Ethics, which will applies to all of our directors, officers and employees and is publicly available on our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to, or waivers of, our code of ethics on the same page of our investor relations website.
None of the members of our Board of Directors have entered into service contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.
D.
EMP
LOYEES
Human Capital and Our Culture
At the heart of our corporate culture are our core values: trustworthiness, honesty, and modesty. We view these values as central to our past success and future aspirations. We strive to instill these values in all our employees and suppliers to improve the communities where we operate. As of December 31, 2024, of our 25,300 employees, 4,070 were employed in our warehouses and distribution centers, 20,848 were employed at our stores and 382 were employed in our corporate offices. We endeavor to provide competitive compensation and benefits that attract and retain top-tier talent and are committed to promoting diversity among our teams through an inclusive culture that seeks to integrate people from different parts of the world that enrich and support efforts to meet business objectives.
We prioritize continuous learning and development for our employees. In 2018, we introduced “University 3B” (or “Universidad 3B”), an online training initiative. Our employees are automatically enrolled to the platform which offers over 100 courses, from theoretical insights to practical applications, covering key areas such as our business model, process protocols, safety guidelines, exclusive brand knowledge, and role-specific certifications.
In order to cultivate leadership, we have developed a specialized program to accelerate the growth of key-talent within our organization. During this 78-hour program, we focus on skills relating to supervision, management decision-making, result focus, information and management and information analysis. This program is conducted twice a year with a local prestigious university, the
Escuela Bancaria y Comercial
. This initiative has led to the promotion of at least 42 employees to managerial positions between January 1, 2023 and December 31, 2024.
We champion career growth with a hands-on evaluation program, designed to propel employees’ career trajectories within the company. A key initiative of our training and employee development is our performance review process. Our digitalized process allows us to measure key employee metrics and competencies based on each employee’s position.
Employee growth and retention are at the forefront of our strategies. We diligently track metrics like applications, staffing, turnover, and internal promotions. Our comprehensive career plans coupled with a meritocratic advancement model, offer multidisciplinary career growth opportunities. During 2024, we promoted 4,970 of our employees, reflecting our commitment to career development and growth within our organization.
We recognize that our employees’ well-being is paramount to their professional success. To further our commitment, we have a toll-free telephone line handled by health professionals who provide psychological, nutritional, and medical advice to our employees.
Integral to our corporate culture is the value we place on open communication. We believe in empowering our employees and that they should have voice in company matters. For example, all employees have access to a platform with direct access to our Chief Executive Officer, all improvement proposals are heard and responded to through this platform. Proposals that we believe may add value to the business are analyzed in detail and implemented.
E.
SHAR
E OWNERSHIP
The shares and any outstanding options beneficially owned by our directors and officers and/or entities affiliated with these individuals are disclosed in “Item 7–A. Major Shareholders.”
DISC
LOSURE OF A REGISTRANT’S ACTION TO RECOVER ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED COMPENSATION
Not applicable.
ITEM 7. MAJOR S
HAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
A.
MAJOR SHA
REHOLDERS
The table below contains information regarding the beneficial ownership of our equity securities as of April 25, 2025.
The percentages of beneficial ownership in the table below are calculated on the basis of the following numbers of shares outstanding as of the date hereof: 62,048,108 Class A common shares, 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 47,518,697 Class C common shares outstanding.
Common shares subject to options, warrants or rights that were exercisable at April 25, 2025 or that will be exercisable within 60 days of the date of this report, are considered to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person who holds such options, warrants or rights for purposes of computing that person’s common share ownership, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. However, as of the date hereof, there are no common shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days because they are either unvested in the case of stock options and RSUs granted under our Equity Incentive Plan, or subject to restrictions on exercise in the case of Stock Options under our 2004 Incentive Plan as described in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation—2004 Option Plan.” As a result, the table below does not reflect: 38,232,812 Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our 2004 Option Plan, 1,310,000 stock options each exercisable for one Class A common share under the 2024 Equity Plan, 605,000 RSUs under the 2024 Equity Plan, 7,500,000 Class C common shares under the Liquidity Event Share Plan and 4,224,960 Class C common shares
under the Bolton Share Allocation. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation” for further information regarding our equity incentive plans and awards.
Beneficial ownership is determined under SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table below possesses sole voting and investment power over all the Class A common shares, Class B common shares and/or Class C common shares shown as beneficially owned by such shareholder in the table.
The holders of our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares have identical rights, except that:
•
holders of Class B common shares (1) are entitled to 15 votes per share, whereas holders of our Class A common shares and Class C common shares are entitled to one vote per share; (2) have certain conversion rights into one Class A common share, as described below; (3) are subject to certain transfer restrictions; and (4) have certain preemptive rights; and
•
holders of Class C common shares (1) have certain conversion rights into one Class A common share, as described below; and (2) are subject to certain transfer restrictions.
See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for more information about the rights of our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares.
All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)
(7)
*
*
5,200,000
100.0%
9,559,316
20.1%
46.7%
5% Shareholders
QS 3B Aggregator Inc.
(8)
—
—
—
—
11,232,447
23.6%
6.0%
Capital International Investors
(9)
6,732,117
10.8%
—
—
—
—
3.6%
Capital Research Global Investors
(10)
5,357,086
8.6%
—
—
—
—
2.9%
GIC Private Ltd.
(11)
3,066,893
4.9%
—
—
—
—
1.6%
Gilder Gagnon Howe & Co LLC
(12)
2,853,906
4.6%
—
—
—
—
1.5%
Morgan Stanley
(13)
2,176,892
3.5%
—
—
—
—
1.2%
FMR LLC
(14)
3,494,773
5.6%
—
—
—
—
1.9%
Other shareholders
(15)
38,361,163
61.8%
—
—
26,726,934
56.2%
34.7%
Total shares per Class
62,048,108
100.0%
5,200,000
100.0%
47,518,697
100.0%
100.0%
* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the class of common shares.
(1)
The column “Common shares Beneficially Owned” reflect securities beneficially owned as of April 25, 2025.
(2)
Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all of our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares, as a single class. Holders of our Class B common shares are entitled to 15 votes per share, whereas holders of our Class A common shares and Class C common shares are entitled to one vote per share. For more information about the voting rights of our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares, see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.”
(3)
Unless indicated otherwise, the current business address for our directors and executive officers is Av. Presidente Masaryk 8, Polanco V Sección, Miguel Hidalgo, Mexico City, Mexico 11560.
(4)
Bolton Partners Ltd., an investment vehicle of which Mr. Hatoum and his immediate family members (directly or through irrevocable trusts for the benefit of family members) hold all of the beneficial ownership interests, owns 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 5,828,954 Class C common shares, in respect of which Mr. Hatoum may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power.
However, the table above and the foregoing ownership information do not include the following shares that are or will be held by directly or indirectly by Mr. Hatoum through Bolton Partners Ltd: (i) 8,550,000 Class C common shares issuable upon exercise of Stock Options granted under our 2004 Option Plan (including unvested and vested but currently unexercisable Stock Options); (ii) up to 6,000,000 Class C common shares under the Liquidity Event Share Plan, the allocation, the final terms and conditions and delivery of which remain undefined by our board of directors; (iii) 4,224,960 Class C common shares under the Bolton Partners Share Allocation but subject to Delayed Delivery, and (iv) 275,000 Class A common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options or RSUs granted under our Equity Incentive Plan (all of which are unvested). Taking into account such Class A common shares and Class C common shares, as well as other Class A common shares and Class C common shares similarly issuable under stock options under our current Equity Incentive Plan, our 2004 Option Plan (including both unvested and vested (but currently unexercisable) and assuming net settlement at their respective strike prices and a price per Class A common share of US$30.19 (the last reported sale price of our Class A common shares on the New York Stock Exchange on April 25, 2025)), and those under the Liquidity Event Share Plan and Bolton Share Allocation, Mr. Hatoum, directly or indirectly through Bolton Partners Ltd., would beneficially own approximately 43.5% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees–B. Compensation—2004 Option Plan,” “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees –B. Compensation—Liquidity Event Share Plan” and “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees–B. Compensation—Bolton Partners Share Allocation.”
Mr. Khouri’s shares are held through MNCF Ltd. Mr. Khouri may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by such entity. The business address for MNCF Ltd. is 27 Hospital Road, KY1-8001, George Town, Cayman Islands.
(6)
Mr. Alexis Meffre is a Partner at Quilvest Capital Partners.
(7)
The table above does not include the following, substantially all of which are held by our directors and executive officers (including those held by our principal shareholder as described in note (4) above): 38,232,812 Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our 2004 Option Plan, 1,310,000 stock options each exercisable for one Class A common share under the 2024 Equity Plan, 605,000 RSUs under the 2024 Equity Plan, 7,500,000 Class C common shares under the Liquidity Event Share Plan and 4,224,960 Class C common shares under the Bolton Share Allocation. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation” for further information regarding our equity incentive plans and awards.
(8)
The business address for QS 3B Aggregator Inc. is Craigmuir Chambers Road Town, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.QS 3B Aggregator Inc. is an investment vehicle managed by Quilvest Capital Partners or its affiliates. Mr. Meffre is a Partner at Quilvest Capital Partners and disclaims beneficial ownership of Class A common shares and Class C common shares held by vehicles managed by Quilvest Capital Partners.
(9)
Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed by Capital International Investors on March 11, 2024. Capital International Investors (“CII”) is a division of Capital Research and Management Company (“CRMC”), as well as its investment management subsidiaries and affiliates Capital Bank and Trust Company, Capital International, Inc., Capital International Limited, Capital International Sarl, Capital International K.K., Capital Group Private Client Services, Inc., and Capital Group Investment Management Private Limited (together with CRMC, the “investment management entities”). CII’s divisions of each of the investment management entities collectively provide investment management services under the name “Capital International Investors.” The business address for Capital International Investors is 333 South Hope Street, 55th Floor, Los Angeles, California, United States 90071.
(10)
Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed by Capital Research Global Investors on April 4, 2025. Capital Research Global Investors (“CRGI”) is a division of CRMC, as well as the investment management entities. CRGI’s divisions of each of the investment management entities collectively provide investment management services under the name “Capital Research Global Investors.” The business address for Capital Research Global Investors is 333 South Hope Street, 55th Fl, Los Angeles, CA 90071.
(11)
Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed by GIC Private Ltd. on February 20, 2025. The business address for GIC Private Ltd. is 168 Robinson Road #37-01 Capital Tower Singapore 068912.
(12)
Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed by Gilder Gagnon Howe & Co LLC on February 10, 2025. The business address for Gilder Gagnon Howe & Co LLC is 475 10th Ave New York, NY 10018.
(13)
Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed jointly by Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC on February 3, 2025. The business address for both Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC is 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036.
(14)
Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed jointly by FMR LLC and Abigail P. Johnson on February 12, 2025. Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer of FMR LLC and reports jointly with FMR LLC as a beneficial owner of the Class A common shares held by FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders' voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders' voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. The business address for FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.
(15)
The disclosure with respect to the remaining shareholders is being made on an aggregate basis because, to our knowledge, none of their beneficial ownership exceeds 5% or more of any class of our common shares.
B.
RELATED PART
Y TRANSACTIONS
The following is a description of certain related party transactions we have entered into or amended since January 1, 2020, including transactions with the following (other than compensation arrangements and employment agreements described under “Management”): (i) entities that control or are under common control with us, (ii) individuals that own 10% or more of the voting power in the Company and close family members thereof, (iii) executive officers of the Company and close family members thereof and (iv) directors of the Company.
Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes
. As part of our financing strategy prior to our IPO, we incurred indebtedness pursuant to the Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes. The Promissory Notes were held mostly by related parties, including certain of our shareholders and certain of our executive officers. Proceeds from our IPO were used to pay the Promissory Notes in full. The table below sets forth the amounts owing to related parties under the Promissory Notes (including principal and accrued interest). See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects–B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional information about the terms of the Promissory Notes.
In addition to the amounts set forth below, as consideration for the Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity of the Promissory Notes from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, we agreed to pay, on the date the Promissory Notes were repaid with the proceeds of our IPO, an additional: (1) US$4,100,000 to the Senior Promissory Note holders, (2) US$230,000 to the 2017 Junior Promissory Note holders and (3) US$20,000 to the 2020 Junior Promissory Note holders.
Amounts
Outstanding
As of
December 31,
2023
Amounts
Outstanding
As of
December 31,
2022
(thousands of Ps.)
(thousands of Ps.)
Senior Promissory Notes
Quilvest Capital Partners
(1)
1,162,319
1,332,297
BBB Investment Group
136,508
156,471
Sami Khouri
(2)
101,602
116,460
Other shareholders*
191,573
219,588
Executive officers**
448
513
2017 Junior Promissory Notes
Mexico Offshore, S.A.L.
10,134
11,616
Other shareholders*
13,512
15,488
Executive officers and
close family members
45,603
52,272
Other related party
1,689
1,936
2020 Junior Promissory Notes
Other Shareholders*
1,689
1,936
Total
1,665,077
1,908,577
* Includes shareholders of the Company that individually own common shares representing less than 5% of the voting power in the Company.
** Includes executive officers of the Company that individually own common shares representing less than 1% of the voting power of the Company.
(1)
QS BBB PIK Inc. was substantially funded by limited partners that also participate directly in one of the four entities that are controlled by Quilvest Capital Partners. Entities affiliated with Quilvest Capital Partners are significant shareholders of the Company. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions–A. Major Shareholders” for additional information.
(2)
Sami Khouri is a director and a shareholder of the Company.
Advisory Fee
. In connection with certain amendments to our shareholders’ agreement as in effect prior to our IPO and the Senior Promissory Notes, we agreed to pay a one-time US$400,000 service fee to affiliates of Quilvest Capital Partners. Entities affiliated with Quilvest Capital Partners are significant shareholders of the Company. The service fee was payable concurrently with the payment of the Senior Promissory Notes, which occurred in February 2024.
Related Party Transaction Policy
We have a Related Party Transaction Policy which requires certain related party transactions to be approved by our board of directors.
Indemnification
Our memorandum and articles of association will require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.
Agreements with our Directors and Executive Directors
Certain of our executive officers have entered into employment agreements with us. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation—Agreements with our Executive Officers.” As part of our
retention strategy, certain of our executive officers agreed to defer the payment of certain accrued bonuses. For the year ended December 31, 2024, deferred bonus payable to our executive officers was zero. None of our directors have entered into service agreements with us.
Registration Rights
Holders of our Class B common shares and Class C common shares will be entitled to certain registration rights. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for more information.
C.
INTERES
TS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANC
IAL INFORMATION
A.
CONSOLIDATED STATEME
NTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
See “Item 18. Financial Statements” for our consolidated financial statements filed as part of this annual report.
Dividends and Dividend Policy
The amount of any dividends will depend on many factors, such as our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.
As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation (including imposing legal restrictions on dividend distribution by subsidiaries), agreements of our subsidiaries or covenants under future indebtedness that we or they may incur. Our ability to pay dividends is therefore directly related to positive and distributable net results from our subsidiaries. See “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.” In 2023 and in 2024, we did not declare or pay any dividends.
Certain British Virgin Islands and Mexican Legal Requirements Related to Dividends
Dividends may only be paid in accordance with the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and Section 57 of the British Virgin Islands Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended) where the board of directors is satisfied on reasonable grounds that immediately after the payment of the dividend the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due. Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company. See “Item 10. Additional Information–B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.”
Under Mexican law, subject to the satisfaction of certain quorum requirements, only shareholders at a general meeting have the authority to declare a dividend. Although not required by law, such declarations typically follow the recommendation of the board of directors. Additionally, under Mexican law, our Mexican subsidiary may only pay dividends if, among other things, any existing losses applicable to prior years have been made up or absorbed into shareholders’ equity and after at least 5% of net profits for the relevant fiscal year have been allocated to a legal reserve until the amount of the reserve equals 20% of a company’s paid-in capital stock.
The amount and payment of future dividends, if any, will be subject to applicable law and will depend upon a variety of factors that may be considered by our board of directors or our shareholders, including our future operating results, financial condition, capital requirements, investments in potential acquisitions or other growth opportunities, legal restrictions, contractual restrictions in our current and future debt instruments and our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries. Such factors may limit or prevent the payment of any future dividends and may be considered by our board of directors in recommending, or by our shareholders in approving, the payment of any future dividends.
B.
SIGNIFICAN
T CHANGES
We are not aware of any changes bearing upon our financial condition since the date of the financial statements included in this annual report.
ITEM 9. T
HE OFFER AND LISTING
A.
OFFER AND L
ISTING DETAILS
The Company’s Class A common shares have been listed on the NYSE under the symbol “TBBB” since February 9, 2024. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common shares.
B.
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
Not applicable.
C.
MAR
KETS
See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing–A. Offer and Listing Details.”
D.
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
Not applicable.
E.
DI
LUTION
Not applicable.
F.
EXPENSES
OF THE ISSUE
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. ADDI
TIONAL INFORMATION
A.
SHARE
CAPITAL
Not applicable.
B.
MEMORANDUM AN
D ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
General
BBB Foods Inc. is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands as a business company limited by shares and our affairs are governed by the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands law, including the Companies Act and regulations made thereunder.
Our company number in the British Virgin Islands is 605635. As provided in our memorandum and articles of association, subject to British Virgin Islands law, we have full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction and, for such purposes, full rights, powers and privileges. Our registered office is at Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands.
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares is Computershare Trust Company, N.A., which maintains the register of shareholders for each class of our shares in New York, New York.
The following is a summary of the material provisions of our shares and our memorandum and articles of association.
Class A Common Shares
Holders of our Class A common shares may freely hold and vote their shares. The following summarizes the rights of holders of our Class A common shares:
•
each holder of Class A common shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;
•
holders of Class A common shares vote together with holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares as a single class, subject to certain exceptions described below;
•
there are no cumulative voting rights;
•
holders of our Class A common shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions,
pari passu
with our Class B common shares and Class C common shares, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, and pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company; and
•
upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Class A common shares will be entitled to share ratably,
pari passu
with our Class B common shares and Class C common shares, in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities.
Class B Common Shares
All of our Class B common shares are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by our principal shareholder. Holders of our Class B common shares may freely hold and vote their shares.
The following summarizes the rights of holders of our Class B common shares and certain restrictions applicable thereto:
•
each holder of Class B common shares is entitled to 15 votes per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;
•
holders of Class B common shares vote together with holders of Class A common shares and Class C common shares as a single class, subject to certain exceptions described below;
•
Class B common shares may not be listed on any U.S. or foreign national or regional securities exchange or market;
the holders of our Class B common shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions,
pari passu
with our Class A common shares and Class C common shares, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, and pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company;
•
upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Class B common shares will be entitled to share ratably,
pari passu
with our Class A common shares and Class C common shares, in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities;
•
the holders of Class B common shares have preemptive rights in connection with the issuance of any securities by us, including in the event that additional Class A common shares are issued in order to maintain their proportional ownership and voting interest, except for certain issuances of securities by us, including (i) pursuant to any employee compensation plans; (ii) as consideration for (a) any merger, consolidation or purchase of assets or (b) recapitalization or reorganization; (iii) in connection with a pro rata division of shares or dividend in specie or distribution; or (iv) pursuant to any shareholder rights plan, and holders of our Class B common shares are not entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provisions;
•
in addition to restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association relating to our IPO, the holders of the Class B common shares may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class B common shares (or grant or enter into any option, warrant, convertible security, hedging arrangement or other transaction relating thereto), for a period that commenced on the date of expiry of the 180-day initial lock-up period and will end 24 months after such date (the “Liquidity Lock-Up Period”), except for certain permitted transfers described in our memorandum and articles of association, including:
•
transfers permitted by the restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association relating to our IPO;
•
transfers that are bona fide gifts, transfers to any trust or vehicle for the direct or indirect benefit of the holders of the Class B common shares or their immediate family, transfers to affiliates, or transfers or distributions to another person that is a partner, member, shareholder or holder of similar equity interests of the holders of the Class B common shares;
provided
that such transferees continue to be bound by the same transfer restrictions during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period;
•
transfers following the consummation of our IPO pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s issued shares involving a “change of control” (meaning a change in the Company’s ownership of not less than 90%) that has been approved by the board of directors;
provided
that should such a transaction not be completed, the transfer restrictions will continue to apply; and
•
pledges of Class B common shares; or sales of Class B common shares pursuant to piggy-back or demand registration rights, in accordance with customary registration rights provisions, subject to a limit of no more than two registrations per year and a minimum registration amount of US$100 million; and
•
each Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share (i) upon sale into the public market; (ii) upon any transfer, whether or not for value (except for certain permitted transfers described in our memorandum and articles of association, including transfers to and between trusts or other vehicles solely for the benefit of our principal shareholder, its affiliates and/or members of the immediate family of Mr. Hatoum, its direct and indirect shareholders and partnerships, corporations and other entities exclusively owned by our principal shareholder, its affiliates and/or
members of the immediate family of Mr. Hatoum); and (iii) at such time as the number of issued and outstanding Class B common shares represents less than 1.0% of the aggregate number of the aggregate common shares of the Company then outstanding. A Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class C common share upon foreclosure or enforcement of any pledge over the Class B common shares. Following the expiry of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period, a holder of Class B common shares may also at any time elect to convert a Class B common share into one Class A common share by delivering a conversion notice to the Company.
Class C Common Shares
Holders of our Class C common shares may freely hold and vote their shares. The following summarizes the rights of holders of our Class C common shares and certain restrictions applicable thereto:
•
each holder of Class C common shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;
•
holders of Class C common shares vote together with holders of Class A common shares and Class B common shares as a single class, subject to certain exceptions described below;
•
there are no cumulative voting rights;
•
holders of our Class C common shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions,
pari passu
with our Class A common shares and Class B common shares, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, and pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company;
•
upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Class C common shares will be entitled to share ratably,
pari passu
with our Class A common shares and Class B common shares, in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities;
•
in addition to restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association described below, the holders of the Class C common shares may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class C common shares (or grant or enter into any option, warrant, convertible security, hedging arrangement or other transaction relating thereto) during the Liquidity Lock-up Period, except for certain permitted transfers described in our memorandum and articles of association, including:
•
transfers permitted by the restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association relating to our IPO;
•
pledges of Class C common shares;
•
transfers that are bona fide gifts, transfers to any trust or vehicle for the direct or indirect benefit of the holders of the Class C common shares or their immediate families, transfers that occur (a) as a result of the operation of law or (b) by reason of a will or under the laws of descent, or pursuant to statutes governing the effects of a qualified domestic order or divorce settlement, provided that in each such case the transferees continue to be bound by the same transfer restrictions during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period;
•
if the holder of Class C common shares is an entity, transfers to affiliates and transfers or distributions to another person that is a partner, member, shareholder or holder of similar equity interests in such entity; provided that in each such case the transferees continue to be bound by the same transfer restrictions during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period;
transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s issued shares involving a “change of control” (meaning a change in the Company’s ownership of not less than 90%) that has been approved by the board of directors;
provided
that should such a transaction not be completed, the transfer restrictions will continue to apply; and
•
sales of Class C common shares pursuant to piggy-back or demand registration rights, in accordance with customary registration rights provisions, subject to a limit of no more than two registrations per year and a minimum registration amount of US$100 million or transfers of Class C common shares to another holder of Class C common shares;
•
each Class C common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share upon (i) sale into the public market; (ii) certain transfers permitted during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period (including “change of control” transactions and piggy-back or registration rights sales described above); and (iii) upon expiry of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period. Any Class C common shares that remain outstanding (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, Class B common shares) shall immediately and automatically convert into Class A common shares upon the expiry of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period. In addition, our articles of association permit the conversion of Class C common shares into Class A common shares upon the affirmative vote of holders representing at least 75% of the votes of the Class B common shares and Class C common shares voting as a single class (provided that such conversion does not take place within 18 months as of February 9, 2024).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a waiver by the representatives of the underwriters of the 180-day lock-up period set forth in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with our IPO and the approval by our board of directors of an offering of Class A common shares to the public, the Company may also permit holders of Class B common shares and/or Class C common shares to convert a portion of their shares into Class A common shares for sale in such offering.
Holders of Class A common shares will vote together with holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares as a single class. However, in certain circumstances described in our memorandum and articles of association each class of common shares would vote separately, including if a change was proposed to the rights attaching to that class of shares in a manner that did not equally affect the other classes of common shares.
Lock-up Provisions of Our Memorandum and Articles of Association
In addition to restrictions on sales and dispositions relating to our IPO described in our memorandum and articles of association, the Liquidity Lock-Up Period will be in force for a period commenced on the date of expiry of the 180-day initial lock-up period and ending 24 months after such date, during which the holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class B common shares or Class C common shares (or grant or enter into any option, warrant, convertible security, hedging arrangement or other transaction relating thereto), except for certain permitted transfers described in our memorandum and articles of association.
Registration Rights
Our memorandum and articles of association grant holders of our Class B common shares and Class C common shares customary registration rights for the resale of the Class A common shares into which the Class B common shares and Class C common shares held by them are convertible. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Class A common shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sales in the public market upon the expiration, or their release from the terms of, the lock-up provisions of our memorandum and articles of association described above and under “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.” Any sales of Class A common shares by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Class A common shares.
Our board of directors may resolve to amend our memorandum and articles of association by resolution of directors to authorize us to issue one or more new classes of preferred shares and may determine the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to each such class of preferred shares (which may be more favorable than those attaching to the common shares), as the board of directors may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, including without limitation:
•
the number of shares constituting the additional class of preferred shares;
•
the dividend and other distribution rights of the class of preferred shares (which may be payable in preference to, or in relation to, the dividends payable on our common shares or any other class or classes of shares);
•
whether the class of preferred shares shall have voting rights and, if so, whether they shall vote separately or together as a single class with the common shares and/or any other class of shares;
•
whether the class of preferred shares shall have conversion and/or exchange rights and privileges and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion and/or exchange;
•
whether the class of preferred shares shall impose conditions and restrictions upon the business and affairs of the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries or the right to approve and/or veto certain matters and/or to appoint and/or remove one or more directors of the Company; and
•
the rights of the preferred shares in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, including, without limitation, any liquidation preference and whether such rights shall be in preference to, or in relation to, the comparable rights of the common shares or any other class or classes of shares.
Shareholders’ Meetings and Consents
The following summarizes certain relevant provisions of British Virgin Islands laws and our memorandum and articles of association in relation to our shareholders’ meetings:
•
our memorandum and articles of association contemplate two types of shareholders’ meetings, namely:
•
an annual meeting of shareholders (each an “annual meeting”); and
•
any meeting of shareholders which is not an annual meeting (each a “special meeting”);
•
only the board of directors may convene an annual meeting. The first annual meeting following our IPO is expected to take place on or about April 29, 2025; an annual meeting shall be held in each future calendar year. All annual meetings shall be held at such date, time and place, either within or outside the British Virgin Islands, and may be held virtually, as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The business of an annual meeting shall be the election and re-election of directors for those board seats whose terms expire at such meeting and any other items of business proposed by the board of directors and/or otherwise duly proposed by eligible shareholders in accordance with our memorandum and articles of association;
•
special meetings may be called by: (i) the Chief Executive Officer; (ii) the Chairman of the board of directors; (iii) the majority of the board of directors; or (iv) the shareholders entitled to exercise at least 30% of the outstanding voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested. A special meeting may be held at such date, time and place, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting;
director elections and re-elections by shareholders may occur only at annual meetings (not special meetings) and then only in respect of those board seats whose terms expire at such meeting. Nominations of persons for election or re-election as directors of the Company at an annual meeting may only be made by (i) the board of directors; or (ii) any shareholder (or shareholders collectively) holding not less than 5% of the voting rights that may be exercised at the annual meeting entitled to attend and vote at such meeting, provided the various restrictions, conditions and provision of information and other procedural requirements set out in our memorandum and articles of association have been met by the nominating shareholders. The board of directors will also retain discretion to veto inappropriate candidates nominated by shareholders for election as a director in certain enumerated circumstances, including (a) where the candidate is not qualified, does not have the necessary experience, has a conflict of interest, is on the board of directors of a competitor or is otherwise unsuitable or unfit for office; and (b) where an appointment may adversely affect the Company’s (and/or its subsidiaries’ respective) reputation or business; or would result in the Company not having the required number of independent directors for its audit committee; or would result in the Company losing its “foreign private issuer” status;
•
written notice of any shareholder meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and each director not fewer than 10 nor more than 120 days before the date of the meeting. The inadvertent failure or accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the shareholder meeting or the proceedings at that meeting. A meeting of shareholders held in contravention of such notice requirements is valid if shareholders holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a shareholder at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver on his part;
•
a shareholder may be represented at a meeting of shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the shareholder;
•
a meeting of shareholders is duly constituted and quorate if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy holders of not less than 30% of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered at the meeting;
•
if within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall be adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other date, time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than 30% of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved. Notice of the adjourned meeting need not be given if the date, time and place of such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken;
•
a resolution of shareholders is valid if approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted (although approval of certain matters, including removal of directors without cause, certain amendments to our constitution without the consent of our board of directors and a voluntary liquidation require a special resolution of shareholders approved by not less than two-thirds of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon); and
•
in addition, in order to nominate candidates for election as a director at an annual meeting or propose topics for consideration at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders, shareholders must notify the Company in writing prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected or the proposals are to be acted upon, and such notice must contain the documentation and information specified in our memorandum and articles of association. To be timely, notice with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders must be received by not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than
the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided that if the Company did not have an annual meeting the preceding year not later than the close of business on February 1 of the calendar year in which the annual meeting is to be held or such other date notified to shareholders by the board of directors). In the case of any business or other matter to be considered at a special meeting of shareholders, notice of such business or other matter must be included with the original requisition notice. Various other restrictions, conditions and provision of information and other procedural requirements set out in our memorandum and articles of association shall also apply. Such advance notice requirements and other provisions may preclude or limit the ability of shareholders to nominate candidates for election as a director or propose topics for consideration at a meeting of shareholders.
The first annual meeting following our IPO is expected to take place on or about April 29, 2025.
British Virgin Islands Company Considerations
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands law, including the Companies Act. The Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders. A brief discussion of certain other provisions of the Companies Act and British Virgin Islands law also follows.
We cannot predict whether British Virgin Islands courts would reach the same conclusions based on a particular set of facts as the U.S. courts would be expected to reach. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the Company, management, directors or principal shareholder than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction, which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the Companies Act together with the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association) and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.
British Virgin Islands
Delaware
Shareholders’ Voting Rights
Any person authorized to vote may be represented at a meeting by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the member.
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Quorum is fixed by our memorandum and articles of association, to consist of the holder or holders present in person or by proxy entitled to exercise not less than 30% of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the resolutions.
For stock corporations, the charter or by-laws may specify the number to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares shall constitute a quorum.
Under our memorandum and articles of association, subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, at any general meeting every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every shareholder present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each Class A common share and Class C common share of which such shareholder is the holder and 15 votes per Class B common share of which such shareholder is the holder. The chair is responsible for deciding in such manner as they consider appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of their decision shall be announced to the
For non-stock companies, the charter or by-laws may specify the number of shareholders to constitute a quorum. In the absence of this, one-third of the shareholders shall constitute a quorum.
general meeting and recorded in the minutes of the general meeting. If the chair has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, they shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chair fails to take a poll then any shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chair of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chair shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any general meeting, the result shall be announced to the general meeting and recorded in the minutes of the general meeting.
Changes in the rights of shareholders that affect all shareholders equally require approval of a majority of shareholders. Changes to the class rights attaching to the Class A common shares, Class B common shares or Class C common shares as set forth in our memorandum and articles of association may require approval by way of resolution of a majority of those outstanding Class A common shares, Class B common shares or Class C common shares, respectively, attending a meeting of such class and voting in respect of such resolution.
However, the above is subject to any greater majority required under our memorandum and articles of association or the Companies Act, provided that for these purposes the creation, designation or issue of preferred shares with rights and privileges ranking in priority to an existing class of shares shall be deemed not to be a change or variation of the rights of such existing class.
Except as provided in the charter documents, changes in the rights of shareholders as set forth in the charter documents require approval of a majority of its shareholders.
The memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting.
The charter documents may provide for cumulative voting.
All other matters to be decided upon by the shareholders require a majority vote of shareholders who being so entitled attend and vote at the general meeting, unless the Companies Act or the memorandum and articles of association requires a higher majority. Our memorandum and articles of association in certain circumstances require a higher majority. Our memorandum and articles of association also may be amended by resolution of directors, including to create the rights, preferences, designations and limitations attaching to any blank check preferred shares.
Directors
Board must consist of at least one director.
Board must consist of at least one member.
Directors are appointed for the term, if any, fixed by the resolution appointing them, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a Director, the Director shall serve indefinitely until their earlier death, resignation or
removal. Our memorandum and articles of association fix a rotating three-year term to elect directors for each of our three classes of directorships.
Fiduciary Duties
Directors and officers owe statutory and fiduciary duties at common law and under statute as follows:
(a)
Duty to act honestly and in good faith in what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company;
(b)
Duty to exercise powers for a proper purpose and directors shall not act, or agree to act, in a matter that contravenes the Companies Act or our memorandum and articles of association.
Duty to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in the circumstances taking into account, without limitation:
(a)
the nature of the company;
(b)
the nature of the decision; and
(c)
the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken by him.
Directors and officers must act in good faith, with the care of a prudent person, and in the best interest of the corporation.
Directors and officers must refrain from self-dealing, usurping corporate opportunities and receiving improper personal benefits.
Decisions made by directors and officers on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action was taken in the best interest of the corporation will be protected by the “business judgment rule.”
The Companies Act provides that a director of a company shall, immediately after becoming aware of the fact that they are interested in a transaction entered into, or to be entered into, by the company, disclose the interest to the board of directors of the company.
However, the failure of a director to disclose that interest does not affect the validity of a transaction entered into by the director or the company, so long as the transaction was not required to be disclosed because the transaction is between the company and the director themselves and is in the ordinary course of business and on usual terms and conditions. Additionally, the failure of a director to disclose an interest does not affect the validity of the transaction entered into by the company if (a) the material facts of the interest of the director in the transaction are known by the shareholders and the transaction is approved or ratified by a resolution of shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or (b) the company received fair value for the transaction.
Pursuant to the Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, so long as a director has disclosed any interests in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company to the board of directors they may:
(a)
vote on a matter relating to the transaction;
(b)
attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and
(c)
sign a document on behalf of the company, or do any other thing in their capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction.
Directors may vote on a matter in which they have an interest so long as the director has disclosed any interests in the transaction.
Shareholders’ Derivative Actions
Generally speaking, the company is the proper plaintiff in any action affecting the company. A shareholder may, with the permission of the British Virgin Islands court, bring an action or intervene in a matter in the name of the company, in certain circumstances. Such actions are known as derivative actions. The British Virgin Islands court may only (but is not obliged to) grant permission to bring a derivative action where the following circumstances apply:
(a)
the company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue the proceedings; and
In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.
Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to obtain the action by the board of directors or the reasons for not making such effort.
Such action shall not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Chancery Court.
(b)
it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.
When considering whether to grant leave, the British Virgin Islands court is also required to have regard to the following matters:
(a)
whether the shareholder is acting in good faith;
(b)
whether a derivative action is in the interests of the company, taking into account the directors’ views on commercial matters;
(c)
whether the action is likely to succeed;
(d)
the costs of the proceedings in relation to the relief likely to be obtained; and
(e)
whether another alternative remedy to the derivative action is available.
If we were a Delaware corporation, a shareholder whose shares were cancelled in connection with our dissolution, would not be able to bring a derivative action against us after the common shares have been cancelled.
As noted above, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some of the significant provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.
Mergers and Similar Arrangements.
The Companies Act provides for “mergers” as that expression is understood under United States corporate law. Under the Companies Act, two or more companies may either merge into one of such existing companies (the “surviving company”) or consolidate with both existing companies ceasing to exist and forming a new company (the “consolidated company”). The procedure for a merger or consolidation between the company and another company (which need not be a British Virgin Islands company, and which may be the company’s parent or subsidiary, but need not be) is set out in the Companies Act. The directors of the British Virgin Islands company or British Virgin Islands companies which are to merge or consolidate must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation which, with the exception of a merger between a parent company and its subsidiary, must also be approved by a resolution of the shareholders who are entitled to vote and actually vote at a quorate meeting of shareholders (or by written resolution of the shareholders) of the British Virgin Islands company or British Virgin Islands companies which are to merge. A foreign company which is able to participate in the merger or consolidation under the laws of its foreign jurisdiction is required by the Companies Act to comply with the laws of that foreign jurisdiction in relation to the merger or consolidation. The company must then execute articles of merger or consolidation, containing certain prescribed details. The plan and articles of merger or consolidation are then filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands. The Registrar then registers the articles of merger or consolidation and any amendment to the memorandum and articles of the surviving company in a merger or the memorandum and articles of association of the new consolidated company in a consolidation and issue a certificate of merger or consolidation (which is conclusive evidence of compliance with all requirements of the Companies Act in respect of the merger or consolidation). The merger is effective on the date that the articles of merger are registered with the Registrar or on such subsequent date, not exceeding thirty days, as is stated in the articles of merger or consolidation.
As soon as a merger becomes effective:
(a)
the surviving company or consolidated company (so far as is consistent with its memorandum and articles of association, as amended or established by the articles of merger or consolidation) has all rights, privileges, immunities, powers, objects and purposes of each of the constituent companies;
(b)
in the case of a merger, the memorandum and articles of association of any surviving company are automatically amended to the extent, if any, that changes to its amended memorandum and articles of association are contained in the articles of merger or, in the case of a consolidation, the memorandum and articles of association filed with the articles of consolidation are the memorandum and articles of the consolidated company;
assets of every description, including choses-in-action and the business of each of the constituent companies, immediately vest in the surviving company or consolidated company;
(d)
the surviving company or consolidated company is liable for all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations of each of the constituent companies;
(e)
no conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due, and no cause existing, against a constituent company or against any member, director, officer or agent thereof, is released or impaired by the merger or consolidation; and
(f)
no proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending at the time of a merger by or against a constituent company, or against any member, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by the merger or consolidation; but:
i.
the proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the surviving company or consolidated company or against the member, director, officer or agent thereof; as the case may be; or
ii.
the surviving company or consolidated company may be substituted in the proceedings for a constituent company.
The Registrar shall strike off the register of companies each constituent company that is not the surviving company in the case of a merger and all constituent companies in the case of a consolidation.
If the directors determine it to be in the best interests of the company, it is also possible for a merger to be approved as a court approved plan of arrangement or scheme of arrangement in accordance with the Companies Act.
Poison Pill Defenses.
Under the Companies Act, there are no provisions which specifically prevent the issuance of preferred shares or any such other ‘poison pill’ measures and there is relevant jurisprudence which support the legality of the Company adopting “poison pill” measures. Our memorandum and articles of association expressly permit the creation and issuance of preferred shares. Therefore, the directors may issue preferred shares that have characteristics that may be deemed to be anti-takeover without the approval of the holders of common shares. Additionally, such a designation of shares may be used in connection with plans that are poison pill plans. As noted above under the Companies Act, a director in the exercise of his powers and performance of his duties is required to act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the company.
Directors.
The directors are divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the shareholders following the annual general meeting of the shareholders at which such director was elected and subject to the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and being understood that for the first designation, directors designated as Class I directors are serving for a term ending on the date of the first fourth general meeting of shareholders following our IPO, directors initially designated as Class II directors are serving for a term ending on the second annual general meeting of shareholders following our IPO, and directors initially designated as Class III directors are serving for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the shareholders following the our IPO. There is nothing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands which specifically prohibits or restricts the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of our directors. However, our memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting for such elections.
Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred shares to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Our memorandum and articles of association also provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum.
There are no share ownership qualifications for directors.
Meetings of our board of directors may be convened at any time by any of our directors.
A meeting of our board of directors will be quorate if at least a majority of the directors are present. At any meeting of our directors, each director is entitled to one vote. Questions arising at a meeting of our board of directors are required to be decided by simple majority votes of the directors present or represented at the meeting (except for certain matters which require the approval of two-thirds of the directors, including the removal of directors without cause and the removal of the chief executive officer). Our board of directors also may pass resolutions without a meeting by written consent.
Agents and Officers
. Our board of directors has the power to appoint any person (whether or not a director or other officer of the company) to be an agent and/or officer of the company.
When appointing an agent or officer of the company, our directors may authorize the agent or officer to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent or officer. Our directors may remove an agent or officer and may revoke or vary a power conferred on them.
Indemnification of Directors.
Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to certain limitations, the company shall indemnify its directors and officers against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings. Such indemnity only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful. The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the memorandum and articles of association, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a
nolle prosequi
does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
Directors and Conflicts of Interest.
As noted in the table above, pursuant to the Companies Act and a company’s memorandum and articles of association, a director of a company who has an interest in a transaction and who has declared such interest to the other directors, may:
(a)
vote on a matter relating to the transaction;
(b)
attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and
(c)
sign a document on behalf of the company, or do any other thing in their capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction.
Shareholders’ Suits.
Our British Virgin Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a British Virgin Islands court. The enforcement of the company’s rights will ordinarily be a matter for its directors.
In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder has the right to seek various remedies against the company in the event the directors are in breach of their duties under the Companies Act. Pursuant to Section 184B of the Companies Act, if a company or director of a company engages in, or proposes to engage in or has engaged in, conduct that contravenes the provisions of the Companies Act or the memorandum and articles of association of the company, the British Virgin Islands court may, on application of a shareholder or director of the company, make an order directing the company or director to comply with, or restraining the company or director from engaging in conduct that contravenes the Companies Act or the memorandum and articles of association. Furthermore, pursuant to section 184I(1) of the Companies Act a shareholder of a company who considers that the affairs of the company
have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any acts of the company have been, or are likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the British Virgin Islands court for an order which, inter alia, can require the company or any other person to pay compensation to the shareholders.
The Companies Act provides for a series of remedies available to shareholders. Where a company incorporated under the Companies Act conducts some activity, which breaches the Companies Act or the company’s memorandum and articles of association, the court can issue a restraining or compliance order. Under the Companies Act, a shareholder of a company may bring an action against the company for breach of a duty owed by the company to him as a member. A shareholder also may, with the permission of the British Virgin Islands court, bring an action or intervene in a matter in the name of the company, in certain circumstances. Such actions are known as derivative actions. As noted above, the British Virgin Islands court may only (but is not obliged to) grant permission to bring a derivative action where the following circumstances apply:
(a)
the company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue proceedings; and
(b)
it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.
When considering whether to grant leave, the British Virgin Islands court is also required to have regard to the following matters:
(a)
whether the shareholder is acting in good faith;
(b)
whether a derivative action is in the company’s best interests, taking into account the directors’ views on commercial matters;
(c)
whether the action is likely to proceed;
(d)
the costs of the proceedings; and
(e)
whether an alternative remedy is available.
Any member of a company may apply to the British Virgin Islands court under the Insolvency Act for the appointment of a liquidator to liquidate the company and the court may appoint a liquidator for the company if it is of the opinion that it is just and equitable to do so.
The Companies Act provides that any shareholder of a company is entitled to payment of the fair value of their shares upon dissenting from any of the following:
(a)
a merger if the company is a constituent company, unless the company is the surviving company and the member continues to hold the same or similar shares;
(b)
a consolidation if the company is a constituent company;
(c)
any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50% in value of the assets or business of the company if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including:
i.
a disposition pursuant to an order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter;
ii.
a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially all net proceeds to be distributed to the members in accordance with their respective interest within one year after the date of disposition; or
iii.
a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof;
a compulsory redemption of 10%, or fewer of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90%, or more of the shares of the company pursuant to the terms of the Act; and
(e)
a plan of arrangement, if permitted by the British Virgin Islands court.
Generally, any other claims against a company by its shareholders must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the British Virgin Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by the company’s memorandum and articles of association. There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely derived from English common law. Under the general English company law known as the rule in
Foss v. Harbottle
, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to seek to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to law and the constituent documents of the corporation. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following:
(a)
a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;
(b)
the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could only be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained;
(c)
the individual rights of the plaintiff shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed; or
(d)
those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”
Compulsory Acquisition.
Under the Companies Act, subject to any limitations in a company’s memorandum or articles, members holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and members holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares of each class of shares entitled to vote, may give a written instruction to the company directing the company to redeem the shares held by the remaining members. Upon receipt of such written instruction, the company shall redeem the shares specified in the written instruction, irrespective of whether or not the shares are by their terms redeemable. The company shall give written notice to each member whose shares are to be redeemed stating the redemption price and the manner in which the redemption is to be effected. A member whose shares are to be so redeemed is entitled to dissent from such redemption, and to be paid the fair value of his shares, as described under “Shareholders’ Suits.”
Share Repurchases and Redemptions.
As permitted by the Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, shares may be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by us. Depending on the circumstances of the redemption or repurchase, our directors may need to determine that immediately following the redemption or repurchase we will be able to satisfy our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets exceeds our liabilities. Our directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the Companies Act, our memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange on which our securities are listed.
Dividends.
Subject to the Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, our directors may declare dividends at a time and amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after distribution of the dividend, the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities and we will be able to pay our debts as they fall due. No dividend shall carry interest against us.
Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders and Disclosure of Substantial Shareholdings
. There are no limitations imposed by our memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
Untraceable Shareholders.
Under our memorandum and articles of association, we are entitled to sell any shares of a shareholder who is untraceable, as long as:
(a)
all checks, not being less than three in total number, for any sums payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained uncashed for a period of twelve years;
(b)
we have not during that time or before the expiry of the three-month period referred to in (c) below received any indication of the existence of the shareholder or person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and
(c)
upon expiration of the 12-year period, we have caused an advertisement to be published in newspapers, giving notice of our intention to sell these shares, and a period of three months or such shorter period has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.
The net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to us, and when we receive these net proceeds we shall become indebted to the former shareholder for an amount equal to such net proceeds.
Transfer of Shares.
Subject to any applicable provisions and restrictions set forth in our memorandum and articles of association, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her shares in accordance with the laws, rules, procedures and other requirements applicable to shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
Inspection of Books and Records.
Under the Companies Act, members of the general public via a British Virgin Islands registered agent or legal practitioner, on payment of a nominal fee, can obtain copies of the public records of a company available at the office of the Registrar which will include the company’s certificate of incorporation, its memorandum and articles of association (with any amendments) and records of license fees paid to date and will also disclose any articles of dissolution, articles of merger and a register of charges if the company has elected to file such a register. Upon payment of an additional search fee, the names of the current directors are also available.
A member of a company is entitled, on giving written notice to the company, to inspect:
(a)
the memorandum and articles of association;
(b)
the register of members;
(c)
the register of directors; and
(d)
the minutes of meetings and resolutions of members and of those classes of members of which he is a member; and to make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records referred to in (a) to (d) above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to our memorandum and articles of association, the directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the company’s interests to allow a member to inspect any document, or part of a document, specified in (b), (c) or (d) above, refuse to permit the member to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the records. Our memorandum and articles of association do not prohibit the directors from refusing an inspection.
Where a company fails or refuses to permit a member to inspect a document or permits a member to inspect a document subject to limitations, that member may apply to the British Virgin Islands court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.
Dissolution; Winding Up
. As permitted by the Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, the Company may be voluntarily liquidated under Part XII of the Companies Act by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due.
The Company may also be wound up in circumstances where we are insolvent in accordance with the terms of the Insolvency Act.
Anti-Money Laundering Laws.
In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we also may delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.
We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.
If any person resident in the British Virgin Islands knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business the person will be required to report his belief or suspicion to the Financial Investigation Agency of the British Virgin Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act 1997 (as amended). Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.
C.
MATERIAL
CONTRACTS
We have not entered into any material contracts during the preceding two years which were outside the ordinary course of business.
D.
EXCHA
NGE CONTROLS
There are currently no exchange control regulations in the British Virgin Islands applicable to us or our shareholders.
E.
TAXA
TION
The following summary contains a description of certain British Virgin Islands, Mexican and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares. It does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the Class A common shares, is not applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules, and does not address all of the British Virgin Islands, Mexican and U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to any particular holder. The summary is based upon the tax laws of the British Virgin Islands, Mexico and the United States and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.
Prospective purchasers of our Class A common shares should consult their own tax advisors about the particular British Virgin Islands, Mexican and U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares.
British Virgin Islands Tax Considerations
The Government of the British Virgin Islands does not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon the Company or its security holders who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands.
We are not liable to pay any form of taxation in the British Virgin Islands and all dividends, interest, rents, royalties, compensations and other amounts paid by us to persons who are not persons resident in the British Virgin Islands are exempt from all forms of taxation in the British Virgin Islands and any capital gains realized with respect
to any shares, debt obligations, or other securities of ours by persons who are not persons resident in the British Virgin Islands are exempt from all forms of taxation in the British Virgin Islands.
No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not persons resident in the British Virgin Islands with respect to any shares, debt obligation or other securities of ours.
Subject to the payment of stamp duty on the acquisition of property in the British Virgin Islands by us (and in respect of certain transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of British Virgin Islands incorporated companies owning land in the British Virgin Islands), all instruments relating to transfers of property to or by us and all instruments relating to transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of ours and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to our business are exempt from payment of stamp duty in the British Virgin Islands.
There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the British Virgin Islands applicable to us or our shareholders.
Certain Mexican Tax Considerations
This summary is provided for non-Mexican Holders (as defined below) that acquire the Class A common shares and does not address tax consequences to holders that are regarded as tax-resident in Mexico for tax purposes.
The Company is a non-Mexican resident for tax purposes given that its administration and place of effective management are located outside of Mexico. Any capital gains realized or dividend distributions received by non-Mexican Holders with respect to Class A common shares will not be deemed as Mexican-sourced income, and thus will not be subject to Mexican taxation.
For purposes of this summary, the term “non-Mexican Holder” shall mean a beneficial owner of Class A common shares that is not a resident of Mexico for tax purposes and does not conduct a business through a permanent establishment in Mexico for tax purposes.
There are no Mexican inheritance, gift, succession, or value added taxes applicable to the purchase, ownership, or disposition of the Class A common shares by non-Mexican Holders.
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares. This discussion deals only with Class A common shares that are held as capital assets by a U.S. Holder (as defined below).
As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:
•
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
•
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
•
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
•
a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
This discussion is based upon provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below.
This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including if you are:
•
a dealer or broker in securities;
•
a financial institution;
•
a regulated investment company;
•
a real estate investment trust;
•
an insurance company;
•
a tax-exempt organization;
•
a person holding our Class A common shares as part of an integrated or conversion transaction, a constructive sale or a straddle;
•
a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities;
•
a person liable for alternative minimum tax;
•
a person who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of all of our outstanding stock (by vote or value);
•
a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
•
a person required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to our Class A common shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement; or
•
a person whose “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar.
If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or partner of a partnership holding our Class A common shares, you should consult your tax advisors.
This summary does not contain a detailed description of all the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances and does not address the Medicare tax on net investment income, U.S. federal estate and gift taxes or the effects of any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. If you are considering the purchase of our Class A common shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws) and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Except as specifically noted below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company,” the following discussion assumes we are not, and will not be, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The gross amount of distributions on our Class A common shares will be taxable as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in your tax basis in the Class A common shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange (as discussed below under “—Taxation of Sales or Exchanges”). We do not, however, expect to determine earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, you should expect that a distribution will generally be reported as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Any dividends that you receive (including any withheld taxes) will be includable in your gross income as ordinary income from foreign sources on the day actually or constructively received by you. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporations under the Code.
Subject to applicable limitations (including a minimum holding period requirement), dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders from a qualified foreign corporation may be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is subject to reduced rates of taxation. For these purposes, a foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that our Class A common shares, which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Thus, we believe that any dividends we pay on our Class A common shares to non-corporate U.S. Holders will be potentially eligible for these reduced tax rates. However, non-corporate U.S. Holders will not be eligible for reduced tax rates on any dividends received from us if we are a PFIC (as discussed below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company”) in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to your particular circumstances.
Distributions of Class A common shares or rights to subscribe for Class A common shares that are received as part of a pro rata distribution to all of our shareholders (and for which the shareholders do not have a right to receive cash or other property instead) generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.
Taxation of Sales or Exchanges
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the Class A common shares) and your tax basis in the Class A common shares. Such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss and will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the Class A common shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized by you will generally be treated as U.S. source gain or loss.
Passive Foreign Investment Company
In general, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, (i) at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the value (generally determined based on a quarterly average) of our assets is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (other than royalties and rents derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person). In addition, cash and other assets readily convertible into cash are generally considered passive assets.
Based on the past and projected composition of our income and assets, and the value of our assets, including goodwill, we do not believe we were a PFIC for our most recent taxable year, and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the current taxable year or the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually. Accordingly, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year due to changes in our asset or income composition or in the value of our assets.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our Class A common shares, you could be subject to additional U.S. federal income taxes on gain recognized with respect to our Class A common shares and on certain distributions, plus an interest charge on certain taxes treated as having been deferred under the PFIC rules. Although the determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year in which you hold our Class A common shares, we would generally continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold the Class A common shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status during such years. However, if we cease to be a PFIC, you can avoid the continuing impact of the PFIC rules by making a special election to recognize gain as if your Class A common shares had been sold on the last day of the last taxable year during which we were a PFIC.
You will generally be required to file
Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form 8621 if you hold our Class A common shares in any year in which we are classified as a PFIC. You are urged to consult your tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding Class A common shares if we are considered a PFIC in any taxable year, including the potential availability and effect of any elections which would provide for alternative treatment.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
In general, information reporting will apply to dividends in respect of our Class A common shares and the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A common shares that are paid to you within the United States (and in certain cases, outside the United States), unless you establish that you are an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if you fail to provide a taxpayer identification number and a certification that you are not subject to backup withholding or if you fail to report in full dividend and interest income.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Certain U.S. Holders that own “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or US$75,000 at any time during the taxable year (or in some circumstances, a higher threshold) may be required to report information relating to such assets with their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” may include financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as the following, but only if they are held for investment and not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-U.S. persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts that have non-U.S. issuers or counterparties, and (iii) interests in foreign entities. Significant penalties may apply for failing to satisfy this filing requirement. You are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding information reporting requirements relating to your ownership of the Class A common shares.
We are required to file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act and regulations under that act. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the form and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Our website is www.tiendas3b.com and our investor relations website is https://www.investorstiendas3b.com/. We make available, free of charge, on our website our annual reports on Form 20-F, reports on Form 6-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. No information contained on our website is intended to be included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this annual report.
In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
I.
SUB
SIDIARY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
J.
ANNUAL REPORT TO
SECURITY HOLDERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 11. QUANT
ITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to a variety of risks in the ordinary course of our business, including, but not limited to, currency risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. We regularly assess each of these risks to minimize any adverse effects on our business as a result of those factors. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 included elsewhere herein, for further discussion of our exposure to these risks.
ITEM 12. D
ESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 13. DEFAU
LTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
None.
ITEM 14. MATERIA
L MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
On February 8, 2024, in connection with our IPO, we amended and restated our memorandum and articles of association, a copy of which is filed as
Exhibit 1.1
to this annual report.
Use of Proceeds
In connection with our IPO, the Company listed its Class A common shares on the New York Stock Exchange. On February 13, 2024, the Company consummated our IPO, and issued 28,050,491 Class A common shares at an initial public offering price of US$17.50 per share, and received net proceeds of US$459.0 million therefrom, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and certain of its shareholders sold an additional 5,610,098 Class A common shares at an initial public offering price of US$17.50 per share. On February 15, 2024, certain shareholders sold an additional 5,049,088 Class A common shares at US$17.50 per share pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common shares by its shareholders.
The shares offered and sold in our IPO were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-1, which was declared effective by the SEC on February 8, 2024. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as joint lead book-running managers for our IPO.
We used the net proceeds from our IPO for the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes. We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from our IPO for the repayment of other indebtedness and for general corporate purposes.
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND
PROCEDURES
A.
DISCLOSURE C
ONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, authorized, summarized and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
In connection with the preparation of our IFRS financial statements, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2024. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that, as a result of the material weaknesses, as described under “Item 15. Controls and Procedures–D. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting,” our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2024.
B.
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPOR
TING
BBB Foods' management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate “internal control over financial reporting,” as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
(i)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
(ii)
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management of the company; and
(iii)
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatement. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that a reasonable possibility exists that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
As of December 31, 2024, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria of Internal Control - Integrated Framework, issued by COSO in 2013.
Our assessment concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, was not effective because of the following material weaknesses:
Previously identified material weaknesses
In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for the years then ended, in accordance with PCAOB standards, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting:
(i)
our high reliance on outside advisors to support us on the preparation of our consolidated financial statements under IFRS, technical memorandums related to critical transactions, complex calculations affecting our accounting records and disclosure positions, and
(ii)
the lack of controls to ensure an adequate segregation of duties, including user access to our ERP system that adequately restrict to appropriate users access to our financial applications and data.
Material weaknesses identified in 2024
As part of the assessment we performed in 2024, we identified two additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to:
(i)
the design and maintenance of an effective risk assessment process, including our documentation, design, operation and controls execution, and
(ii)
implementing an independent department to monitor control activities at an adequate level to identify, and timely assess, risks of material misstatement in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
C.
ATTESTATIO
N REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting based on rules and regulations of the SEC for non-accelerated filers.
D.
CHANGES I
N INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Other than as disclosed below, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the year ended December 31, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially effect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Remediation activities and plans
During 2024, we made significant progress and efforts aiming to remediate the previously identified material weaknesses. These measures included: hiring additional staff with the right expertise, implementation of new processes, policies and procedures, improvements of the current internal controls to provide additional levels of review and approval, enhancements of internal documentation, strengthening the training program for staff related to the requirements of IFRS, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as the guidelines of COSO’s Internal Control Integrated Framework, and the implementation of new software and ERP solutions, among others. However, we are still in the process of implementing an effective and mature internal control over financial reporting. We believe our current action plan and the remediation activities being implemented will be appropriate to remediate the situation. We are also prepared to take additional steps if necessary to address these issues throughout 2025.
IT
EM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A. AUD
IT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Our board of directors has determined each of Nicole Reich, Alexander Fuster and Juan Pablo Cappello to be financially literate. Our board of directors has determined that Nicole Reich has accounting or related financial management expertise (in the business judgment of the Board) to be an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules. Our board of directors has also determined that each of Nicole Reich, Alexander Fuster and Juan Pablo Cappello satisfies the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NYSE listing standards.
For information relating to qualifications and experience of each audit committee member, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.”
ITEM 16B. CO
DE OF ETHICS
We have adopted a Code of Ethics (the “Code of Ethics”). The Code of Ethics applies to our Board of Directors, chief executive officer and all senior financial officers of our Company, including the chief financial officer, or any other persons performing similar functions, as well as to all other officers and employees of the Company. The Code of Ethics is available on our investor relations website at https://www.investorstiendas3b.com/. If we make any substantive amendment to the Code of Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on the abovementioned website.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL A
CCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Fees Paid to Independent Public Accountants
The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the kinds of fees paid to our external auditors and the percentage of each of the fees out of the total amount paid to them.
“Audit fees” means the aggregate fees billed for each of the fiscal years for professional services for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of our interim financial statements.
(2)
“Audit-related fees” means the aggregate fees billed in each of the fiscal years for assurance and related services by the principal accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the registrant’s financial statements and are not reported under audit fees.
(3)
“Tax fees” means the aggregate fees billed in each of the fiscal years for professional services for tax compliance and tax advice.
(4)
“All other fees” includes the aggregate fees billed in each of the fiscal years for non-audit services rendered which were not listed above.
Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
In accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules issued by the SEC, our audit committee reviews and pre-approves all audit services and permissible non-audit services provided to us. All of the above-listed services related to our Company have been pre-approved by the audit committee.
ITEM 16D. EXEMP
TIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
We are not relying on exemptions from the listing standards for our audit committee.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE COMPANY AND AFFILIATED PURCHAS
ERS
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, no purchases of our equity securities were made on behalf of the Company or any affiliated purchaser.
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRA
NT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
ITEM 16G. CORPOR
ATE GOVERNANCE
As a “foreign private issuer,” we are entitled to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, except that we must maintain an audit committee of the board of directors that meets the requirements of Exchange Act Rule 10A-3, adopt and comply with a Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation policy, and disclose in our annual reports on Form 20-F any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. domestic listed companies under NYSE listing standards.
Accordingly, we follow British Virgin Islands corporate governance rules in lieu of certain of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. Among others, we take or intend to take advantage of exemptions from the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE as per the practices detailed below:
Independent directors must have meetings at which only the independent directors are present.
BVI law does not require a company to have meetings at which only the independent directors are present.
We do not hold independent directors’ meetings.
Audit Committee
Company must have an audit committee with the specific responsibilities and authority necessary to comply with SEC rules. Members must meet all of the independence requirements of the NYSE, as well as the SEC Rule 10A-3 independence requirements (subject to any available exemptions).
BVI law does not require a company to have an audit committee.
Our board of directors has established an audit committee that complies with SEC Rule 10A-3 independence requirements, but members may not meet other general NYSE independence standards.
Internal Audit Function
Company must have an internal audit function. This function may be performed by a third party.
BVI law does not require a company to have an internal audit function.
We do not have an internal audit function.
Compensation of Executive Officers
Company must have a compensation committee consisting solely of independent directors. Must satisfy the additional independence requirements specific to compensation committee membership.
BVI law does not require a company to have an independent compensation committee.
The board of directors has established a compensation committee, but members may not meet NYSE independence standards.
Nomination of Directors
Company must have a nominating committee consisting solely of independent directors.
BVI law does not require a company to have an independent nominating committee.
We do not have a nominating committee.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
Company must adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines
BVI law does not require a company to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines.
We do not have corporate governance guidelines.
Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plans and Certain Other Share Issuances
Shareholders must approve all equity-compensation plans and material revisions thereto, with limited exemptions. Shareholder approval is also required for certain other dilutive and related party equity issuances.
BVI law does not require a company to obtain shareholder approval of equity compensation plans or such other share issuances.
We have not and do not intend to submit for shareholder approval any equity-compensation plans or other dilutive and related party equity issuances covered by NYSE rules.
Quorum required for any meeting of the holders of shares of the company
The NYSE gives careful consideration to provisions fixing any proportion less than a majority of the outstanding shares as the quorum for shareholders’ meetings
BVI law stipulates that quorum is fixed by the company’s memorandum and articles of association.
Quorum is fixed by our memorandum and articles of association, to consist of the holder or holders present in person or by proxy entitled to exercise not less than 30% of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the resolutions.
ITEM 16H. MIN
E SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING F
OREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
ITEM 16J. INSIDE
R TRADING POLICIES
We have
adopted
an Insider Trading Policy (the “Insider Trading Policy”), included as
Exhibit 11.2
to this annual report. The Insider Trading Policy applies to globally regardless of location or nationality, and applies to all officers, directors, regular employees, temporary employees, contingent workers (including agency temporary employees, independent contractors, and vendor employees), interns and any member of the Company’s economic group. The Insider Trading Policy is available on our investor relations website at https://www.investorstiendas3b.com/. If we make any substantive amendment to the Insider Trading Policy, we will disclose the nature of such amendment on the abovementioned website.
ITEM 16K.
CYBERSECURITY
Cybersecurity risks have grown steadily across industries and regions as technology advances in its versatility and complexity. There is a possibility of a cyberattack that could affect our operations in various ways, damage our reputation and lead to regulatory sanctions and/or financial losses.
Our strategy for managing cybersecurity risks consists of a multipronged approach, including:
•
Infrastructure hardening of servers, firewalls, communication equipment and cloud services.
•
Network segmentation, latest generation firewalls, detection and response security agents, mail filtering, USB port blocking, physical and logical access controls, disk encryption and confidential data at rest.
•
Solid security processes: password change controls, access controls based on least privileges, software patches and updates, secure software development framework,
periodical
third-party
pen testing with security certifications, recertifications, pro-active management to information security incidents
.
•
Robust business continuity strategies with daily backups, recovery testing and fire drills.
•
Continuous internal user awareness including training, phishing and social engineering simulation.
•
Comprehensive observability of infrastructure and security, and application performance monitoring.
In October 2023, we hired a dedicated
Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) who is responsible for managing the Company’s cybersecurity risks
.
Our CISO is Mario Fernando Diaz who brings 11 years of cybersecurity experience in the financial sector (2.5 years at Santander Bank Mexico as OSI, 3 years at HSBC Mexico as Application Security Manager, 6.5 years at Nacional Monte Piedad as CISO).
In addition, we have established a Committee on Information Security and Technological Risk (COSIRT) to manage our cybersecurity and any potential issues.
Members of the COSIRT include our CISO, our sub-director of IT development, our infrastructure manager, our helpdesk manager, and our sub-director of IT products and projects.
The COSIRT meets weekly to review, analyze, and follow up on the execution of our strategy.
Monthly meetings include our Director of Information Technology.
Relevant information from the COSIRT meetings is brought up by our Director of Information Technology to our CEO.
Board level cybersecurity matters are brought up by the CEO to the Board in our regular Board meetings.
If any material issue related to cybersecurity occurs, it triggers a special Board meeting.
Based on the information we have as of the date of this Form 20-F,
we do not believe any cybersecurity threats have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company
, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. However, despite our efforts to identify and respond to cybersecurity threats, we cannot eliminate all risks from cybersecurity threats, or provide assurances that we have not experienced an undetected cybersecurity incident.
For more information about these risks, see “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors.”
Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema with Embedded Linkbase Documents
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
* This certification will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
BBB Foods Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of BBB Foods Inc.
and its subsidiaries
(the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024 in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
As described in Notes 3.23, 4.4 and 22 to the consolidated financial statements, on December 10, 2024, the Company’s Board of directors approved a grant of 1,310,000 stock options, under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan. These stock options vest over four years, with 25% vesting at the end of each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. The exercise price is US$29.09 per share (the closing price of the Company’s Class A shares on the grant date). For the measurement of the fair value of share-based payment transactions, management used a binomial tree valuation model, which depends on certain inputs, including the grant date, the vesting period, the expected life of the share option or appreciation right, and volatility, and making assumptions about the latter two.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to accounting for share-based payments is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment applied by management when developing the fair value estimate of the shared-based payments; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions described in the preceding paragraph; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures also included, among others, the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in (a) evaluating the appropriateness of using the binomial tree valuation model; and (b) developing an independent estimate of the fair value of share-based payments by considering (i) the grant date, vesting period, multiples, and number of options granted in the Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) the volatility of the stock price of comparable companies, iii) the expected life of the share option or appreciation right, and iv) utilizing public information related to the market price of the Company’s Class A shares and the risk-free rate, and (c) comparing the independent estimate to management’s estimate to evaluate its reasonableness.
/s/
PricewaterhouseCoopers, S. C.
Mexico City, Mexico
April 29, 2025
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2005
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Amounts in thousands of Mexican Pesos (Ps.),
except for number of shares and earnings (loss) per share
Note 1 - History
and activity of the Company:
BBB Foods Inc. was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on July 9, 2004 with company number 605635, and its registered office is Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. As an entity incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, BBB Foods Inc. is not subject to any form of taxation. BBB Foods, Inc. has two wholly owned subsidiaries domiciled in the UK: BBB Foods Limited Partnership and Lothian Shelf Limited, (collectively hereinafter referred as the Scottish entities). Up to December 31, 2024, the Scottish entities had three wholly owned subsidiaries (the Mexican Subsidiaries), however, in connection with a simplification of the Company’s operations, Tiendas BBB, S.A. de C.V. and Desarrolladora Tres B, S.A. de C.V. merged with and into Tiendas Tres B, S.A. de C.V., as the surviving company. This transaction did not have any effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
The main activity of the Mexican Subsidiaries is described below:
i.
Tiendas Tres B, S. A. de C. V. (Tiendas Tres B), operates in the hard discount grocery retail industry through a chain of
2,772
stores at December 31, 2024, where it offers high-quality branded and private label products.
ii.
Tiendas BBB, S. A. de C. V. (Tiendas BBB), granted Tiendas Tres B the right to use the “BBB” brand and received royalty revenues that were eliminated in consolidation. On December 31, 2024, this entity merged with and into Tiendas Tres B.
iii.
Desarrolladora Tres B, S. A. de C. V., was a semi-dormant company that owned a small piece of land. On December 31, 2024, this entity merged with and into Tiendas Tres B.
BBB Foods Inc., collectively with the Scottish entities and the Mexican Subsidiaries, are hereinafter referred to as the “Company”, “BBB Foods” or the “Group”.
Company listing and payment of Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes
On February 8, 2024, the Company's registration statement on Form F-1 was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). On February 13, 2024, in connection with its Initial Public Offering (“IPO”), BBB Foods listed its Class A shares on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and issued
28,050,491
Class A shares, at an initial public offering price of US$
17.50
per share, receiving net proceeds of Ps.
7,812,065
, net of underwriting discount and incremental and direct costs. The Company used the proceeds to repay in full the Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes described in Notes 13 and
14.
Also, on February 15, 2024, some of the Company’s stockholders sold
5,610,098
and
5,049,088
Class A shares at a price of US$
17.50
per share, pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the aforementioned Class A shares.
Up to January 2024, BBB Foods Inc. was jointly controlled by several vehicles collectively referred to as “QS BBB”, and Bolton Partners Ltd. Following the IPO, the sale of shares mentioned in the preceding paragraph, and the termination of the shareholders’ agreement, QS BBB ceased to exercise joined control. As of December 31, 2024, share ownership is divided among different shareholders, however, Bolton Partners Ltd. is the main shareholder owning
11.6
% of the shares and
46.4
% of the voting rights over all matters requiring shareholder approval.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Hurricane Otis
On October 25, 2023, Hurricane Otis struck the city of Acapulco, Mexico where the Company operated
54
stores as of such date. During the aftermath of the hurricane,
51
stores were temporarily closed and reopened gradually during 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized impairments of Ps.
42,422
, Ps.
7,598
and Ps.
30,409
due to damages to properties, furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements; cash losses due to theft, debris removal and equipment repairs, and inventory write down. The above-mentioned impairments were recorded as other expenses, sales expenses and cost of sales, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, no amount has been recovered from the insurer nor recorded as an asset in the accompanying financial statements (See Note 24).
Note 2 -
Basis of preparation:
2.1.
Basis of preparation
The Company's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:
•
IFRS Accounting Standards;
•
IAS Standards;
•
Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations).
2.2.
Basis of measurement and going concern
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. Management has prepared these consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, assuming that it will continue to operate as a going concern. The Company’s financial structure has allowed it to operate with liquidity, including significant investments in furniture, equipment, store equipment and leasehold improvements related to the opening of new stores and the improvement and expansion of sales areas in existing stores.
2.3.
Financial statements authorization
These consolidated financial statements and their accompanying notes were authorized for issuance on April 29, 2025, by Kama
l Anthony Hatoum (Chief Executive Officer) and Eduardo Pizzuto (Chief Financial Officer).
2.4.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
Note 3 - Summary of material accounting policies:
Material accounting policies applied by the Group in preparing its consolidated financial statements are described below:
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
3.1.
Consolidation
Subsidiaries are all entities over which BBB Foods has control. The Company controls an entity where it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. The subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
Balances and profits on transactions between the subsidiaries controlled by the Company are eliminated in consolidation. Unrealized losses are also eliminated, unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of transferred assets. The subsidiaries’ accounting policies have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Company.
3.2.
Foreign currency transactions
i.
Functional and reporting currency
The figures included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company are measured in the currency of the primary economic environment where the entity operates (functional currency). As of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the currency in which the consolidated financial statements of the Company are presented is the Mexican peso as a policy choice, which in turn is also the functional currency of the ultimate holding company and all entities comprising the Group.
ii.
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rates in effect on the transactions dates. Gain and losses on exchange fluctuations resulting from such transactions and for conversion at the exchange rates at the end of the year of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency, are recognized as exchange profit or loss within the financing income/cost in the statement of profit or loss.
3.3.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash balances, bank deposits and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and subject to insignificant risk of changes in value. All credit card, debit card, and electronic transfer transactions processed in less than 72 hours are classified as cash and cash equivalents.
3.4.
Short-term bank deposits
Short-term bank deposits are used for investment purposes and not to settle existing or potential cash commitments in the near term. Short-term bank deposits are not available on demand and are subject to penalty for withdrawing principal prior to the maturity date.
Short-term bank deposits are classified as financial assets measured at amortized cost. This classification is based on the criteria that the Company holds these financial assets within a business model to collect contractual cash flows, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the outstanding principal amount.
Interest revenue from short-term bank deposits is calculated using the effective interest method. This method involves applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
3.5.
Financial assets
The Company classifies and measures its financial assets based on the Company’s business model to manage financial assets, and on the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of such assets. This way financial assets can be classified at amortized cost, at fair value through other comprehensive income, and at fair value through profit or loss. Management determines the classification of its financial assets upon initial recognition. Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trading date, the date on which the Company undertakes to buy or sell the asset.
Financial assets are entirely written off when the right to receive the related cash flows expires or is transferred, and the Company also has substantially transferred all the risks and rewards of its ownership, as well as the control of the financial asset.
Based on its assessment, the Company has cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits and sundry debtors classified as financial assets measured at amortized cost. These financial assets are held within a business model whose objective is to hold said assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the amount of outstanding principal.
3.6.
Value Added Tax (VAT) receivable
VAT receivable originates from purchases and expenses in excess of VAT on sales, so the excess is a tax that the Company can offset against VAT on sales or request its refund from the tax authorities. In 2024 and 2023, the Company received VAT refunds from the tax authorities by Ps.
80,359
and Ps.
116,774
, respectively. When the Company expects to recover VAT within 12 months after the reporting period, those amounts are presented as current assets, otherwise they are presented as non-current assets.
3.7.
Inventories
Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost of sales includes the cost of merchandise, and the costs incurred in bringing each product to their present location and condition. Logistics costs (which include depreciation of distribution centers and salaries of warehouse staff) and vendor allowances are capitalized in inventory and recognized in the cost of sales when they are sold. The net realizable value is the estimated sale price in the normal course of operations less the estimated costs to make the sale. The cost is determined using the weighted average cost method.
Historically, shrinkage has been immaterial because the Company has implemented strict loss prevention programs and control procedures.
The Company receives various types of vendor allowances. The most common are:
i.
Volume allowances, which are off-invoice or amounts billed back to vendors based on the quantity of products sold to customers or purchased from the vendor, and
ii.
Promotional allowances, which relate to cooperative advertising and market development efforts.
Volume allowances are recognized as a reduction of the cost of the related products and recognized in cost of sales as they are sold. Promotional allowances are recognized as a reduction of the cost of the related products when the Company has performed the activities specified in the contract with the vendor. If the contract does not specify any performance criteria, the allowance is recognized over the term of the contract. Vendor allowances are generally deducted from cost of sales, unless there is clear evidence that they should be classified as revenue resulting from the Company providing a distinct good or service to the vendor. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
2022
, the Company did
no
t recognize revenue from vendor allowances, since such allowances were not considered a distinct good or service.
The Company recognizes vendor allowances only where there is evidence of a binding arrangement with the vendor, the amount can be estimated reliably, and receipt is probable
.
3.8.
Property, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements
Property, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are recognized at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The cost includes the outflows directly attributable to the acquisition and all the expenses related to the location of the asset in the place and in the necessary conditions to operate as foreseen by management.
Leasehold improvements are changes to commercial real estate space and may include interior walls, changing flooring, plumbing installation, lighting fixtures, fire protection, alarm and security systems, electrical systems, warehouse facilities, among others.
The costs of expansion, remodeling or improvement that represent an increase in capacity and therefore an extension of the useful life of the assets are also capitalized. Maintenance and repair expenses are charged to the statement of profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred. The carrying amount of the replaced assets is written off when they are replaced, bringing the full effect to the statement of profit or loss.
The acquisition cost of properties, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements is depreciated and amortized systematically using the straight-line method based on the useful lives of the assets.
The average useful lives
are indicated below:
Useful life
Building
20
years
Store shelving equipment
20
years
Leasehold improvements
(1)
5
to
20
years
Computer equipment
3.3
years
Furniture and equipment
10
years
Storage equipment
10
years
Store equipment
10
years
Transportation cars and trucks
4
to
8
years
(1)
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life or the lease term.
The residual values, the useful life and the depreciation method of the assets are reviewed and adjusted (if applicable) at every reporting period.
Profits and losses from the sale of assets result from the difference between the sale price and the carrying amount of the assets are included in the statement of profit or loss within other income.
3.9.
Impairment of non-financial assets
Non-financial
assets that are subject to depreciation are subject to impairment tests when there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the book value may not be recoverable. Impairment losses correspond to the amount in which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The asset's recoverable value is the highest between the fair value of the asset less the costs incurred for its sale and its value in use. For purposes of impairment assessments, assets are grouped at the smallest levels at which they generate identifiable cash flows
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
(cash
generating units). Non-financial assets that have been impaired are assessed at each reporting date to identify possible reversals of said impairment.
3.10.
Suppliers and accounts payable
These items include obligations with suppliers and other accounts payable for purchases of goods or services acquired in the normal course of the operations before the year end. When they are due within 12 months after the reporting period, they are presented as current liabilities and amounts due beyond 12 months are presented as non-current liabilities. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023
, the Company did not have suppliers and accounts payable beyond 12 months.
3.11.
Supplier finance arrangements
The Company determines if liabilities that are part of supplier finance arrangements should be presented as suppliers or financial liabilities.
i. Supplier finance arrangements that remain as suppliers
In this type of arrangement, the Company’s suppliers enter into supplier finance agreements with financial institutions that pay the suppliers’ invoices in advance at a discounted rate, and the Company pays back the financial institution the outstanding amount of the original invoice, with the same terms and conditions originally agreed with the suppliers. The Company recognizes the liability as part of suppliers since those liabilities have similar nature and function to trade payables. In those cases, the cash flows are recognized in operating activities for purposes of the cash flow statements. (See Note 4.2).
ii. Supplier finance arrangements that are presented as financial liabilities
Tiendas Tres B has entered into two supplier finance arrangement agreements, one with Banco Santander Mexico, S. A. (Santander) and the other with HSBC Mexico, S. A. (HSBC). Pursuant to these agreements, Tiendas Tres B invited certain strategic suppliers to enter into supplier finance agreements with Santander and HSBC so that they can obtain liquidity and improve their working capital by decreasing their collection period. Santander and HSBC pay the suppliers’ invoices in advance at a discounted rate, and the Company pays back the financial institution the outstanding amount of the original invoice, with the same terms and conditions originally agreed with the suppliers. Given the economic substance of the trade payable has changed as a result of a supplier finance arrangement, the Company concluded that trade payables subject to a supplier finance arrangement under the Santander and HSBC Agreements had to be recognized and presented separately as financial liabilities included in Note 14. Consistently, for purposes of the cash flow statements, the Company recognizes as a cash outflow in operating activities and a cash inflow in financing activities when the financial institution pays the supplier.
At the end of each month, the Company receives a participation fee (commission) from HSBC that is accounted for as financial income.
3.12.
Debt
Debt is initially recognized at fair value, net of related costs incurred, and subsequently recognized at its amortized cost. Any difference between the funds received (net of transaction costs) and the redeemable value is recognized in the statement of profit or loss during the term of the loan using the effective interest rate method. When there are changes on the expectation of cash flows associated with the debt, such as prepayments, the Company recalculates the amortized cost of the debt as the present value of the estimated future contractual cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate and the adjustment is recognized as gain or loss in the statement of profit or loss.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the debt, if any, are recognized as transaction costs and are included in the financial liability and amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the debt.
Debt is de-recognized from the statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is fulfilled, canceled or expired.
The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in profit or loss as other income or finance costs.
Debt is classified as current liabilities unless, at the end of the reporting period, the Company has a right to defer the payment of a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.
3.13.
Derecognition of financial liabilities
The Company derecognizes financial liabilities if, and only if, the obligations of the Company are fulfilled, canceled or expired.
In addition, when there is a substantial modification of the terms of an existing financial liability, the Company accounts it as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability at its fair value, and any costs or fees incurred are recognized as part of the gain or loss on the extinguishment. By contrast, if the modification of terms is not considered substantial, transactions costs or fees paid to third parties adjust the carrying amount of the liability and are amortized over the remaining term of the modified liability adjusted to reflect the presented value of cash flows under the revised terms using the original effective interest. The difference between the modified liability with the revised terms and the previous carrying amount of the liability measured at amortized cost is recognized immediately in profit or loss as modification gain or loss.
3.14.
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Company has a legal obligation present or assumed as a result of past events, it is probable that the outflow of cash flows is required to pay the obligation, and the amount can be estimated reliably. The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate, over the reporting period, of the disbursement necessary to cancel the present obligation, the disbursement is constituted by the amount, rationally assessed, that the Company must pay to cancel the obligation at end of the reporting period, or to transfer it to a third party on that date.
3.15.
Income taxes
BBB Foods Inc., as an entity incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, is not subject to any form of taxation (See Note 18). However, the Mexican Subsidiaries are subject to tax legislation in Mexico.
The income tax expense includes the current and deferred tax. The tax is recognized in the statement of profit or loss.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except:
•
When the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss, and
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
•
In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred income tax is recognized on the temporary differences that arise from comparing the accounting and tax values of all assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax is determined using the tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the end of the year and are expected to apply when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities are realized, or the deferred income tax is settled. The charge for current income tax is calculated based on the tax laws enacted or substantially enacted as of the date of the statement of financial position. The deferred income tax asset is only recognized to the extent that it is probable that future tax benefits will be obtained against which deductible temporary differences can be used.
The balances of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is an enforceable legal right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to the same tax authority or the same fiscal entity or different fiscal entities where there is an intention to settle balances on a net basis.
Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and considers whether it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. The Company did
no
t have uncertain tax positions as of December 31,
2024, 2023 and 2022
.
3.16.
Employee benefits
i.
Short-term obligations
Wage and salary liabilities and annual vacations, which are expected to be fully liquidated within 12 months after the end of the period in which employees provide the related service, are recognized in relation to the service of the employees until the end of the period and are measured by the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Liabilities are presented as current obligations for benefits to employees in the statement of financial position.
ii.
Employee’s statutory profit sharing payable
The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for employee profit sharing based on a calculation that considers the taxable profit after certain adjustments. The Company recognizes a liability when it is contractually obligated or when there is a past practice that gives rise to an assumed obligation.
3.17.
Stockholders' equity
The capital stock is constituted by the share capital, and cumulative losses that are expressed at their historical cost. The proceeds received as part of the IPO, net of directly attributable transaction costs, were credited directly to equity.
3.18.
Revenue recognition
i.
Sales of merchandise
Revenue from the sale of merchandise is recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the customer at the point of sale (the store) and payment of the transaction price is received immediately from the customer in cash or through other means of payment. Sales of merchandise are recognized at a point in time when the goods are delivered to the client. The Company's policy is to sell all of its products with the right to return
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
them; however, accumulated experience shows that sales returns are not significant, therefore if returns occur, they are recognized immediately by decreasing revenues and the Company does not record a sales returns estimation.
For the sale of products and services from third-party merchants, such as prepayment of cell phone, fees and commissions paid by customers from payment of basic services, the Company acts as an agent by connecting the sale with the final customers and has no control over the service provided by the third party. The Company recognizes revenue in respect of such sales on a net basis, representing the commission that it expects to receive in exchange for the services provided, and recognizes a liability in the item of accounts payable and accrued expenses in respect of the consideration that it receives from customers and will be remitted to the third-party merchants. As of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, this revenue was not material related to the total revenue amount and therefore it is included in the sales of merchandise item in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.
ii.
Sales of recyclables
Sales of recyclables (cardboard and stretch film primarily), are recognized as revenue when control of the products sold has been transferred to the customer.
3.19.
Sales and administrative expenses
The Company recognizes the sales and administrative expenses on an accrual basis. These expenses consist of the following:
i.
Sales expenses
Expenses related to the operation of stores, including wages and salaries of store employees, depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements and right-of-use assets and amortization of intangible assets, energy expenses, social security contributions relating to store employees, maintenance and conservation expenses and cash-in- transit services.
ii.
Administrative expenses
Expenses related to headquarters, regional offices and the back office, including wages and salaries of administrative employees, depreciation, and amortization, energy, social security contributions of administrative employees, accruals related to options granted under the Company's share-based compensation plan, administrative services, advertising expenses, corporate services, maintenance and conservatio
n expenses and professional fees.
3.20.
Operating Segments
Segment information is presented in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the CEO, who is the Chief Operating Decision Maker. He is responsible for operating decision-making, allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company. He supervises the Company’s performance as a single business unit, therefore, the Company has only one operating segment (See Note 23).
3.21.
Leases
The Company recognizes right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets.
If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the Company at the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset. For the rest of leases, depreciation is calculated using the lease term of the asset.
Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following payments:
•
Fixed payments (including if they are in substance); and
•
Penalty payments for termination of the lease, if the lease terms reflect that the Company will exercise an option.
Lease payments that will be made under renewal options with reasonable certainty of being exercised are also included in the measurement of the liability.
Building lease payments are discounted using an incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right to use the asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, warranties and conditions. Store equipment and transportation equipment are discounted using the implicit interest rate as there are observable rates for these types of leases.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Company:
•
Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing terms since the third-party financing was received, and
•
Applies specific adjustments to the lease, for example, term, currency and guarantees.
The Company is exposed to possible future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect.
When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate become effective, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted to the right-of-use asset.
Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged as an expense during the lease period in order to produce a constant periodic interest rate on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.
Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and all leases of low-value assets are recognized under the straight-line method as an expense in income. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets include minor machinery, printing equipment, and small office furniture items.
Extension and termination options are included in a number of the Company's property and equipment leases. These are used to maximize operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Company's operations. Most extension options are held by the Company and not by the lessor.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Building
5
to
20
years
Store equipment (cold rooms)
10
years
Transportation equipment – trucks
8
years
3.22.
Earnings per share
Earnings (loss) per share are classified as basic and diluted. Basic earnings (loss) are intended to provide a measure of the participation of each share of BBB Foods Inc. in the performance that the Company had in the periods presented. Basic earnings (loss) are calculated by dividing the earnings (loss) for the period attributable to the equity holders of the controlling interest by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company only allocated losses to class A shares, when determining losses per share, since there was no contractual obligation for Classes B, C, D and E to share losses as they have different liquidation rights. In January 2024, following the reorganization of existing shares, Class A shares have the same liquidation preferences as Class B and C shares, consequently, for the year ended December 31, 2024, the weighted average of common shares included Class A, B and C shares (See Notes 17 and 21).
Diluted shares are intended to provide a measure of the participation of each share in the Company's performance considering the dilutive effects (reduction in profits or increase in losses) of the potential shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing the earnings (loss) of the year attributable to the equity holders of the controlling interest by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of shares that have dilutive potential.
Up to February 2024, the Company had a Convertible Note into equity; however,
no
dilutive effects were considered in the calculation of earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, since the Company generated net losses.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company analyzed whether there were dilutive effects from potential shares arising from share-based payments, as the Company generated a net profit in such period. With respect to the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (See Note 22), the Company determined that
1,310,000
options granted under this plan have an antidilutive effect because the exercise price of the options exceeded the average market price of the Company’s shares, considering that the exercise price includes the fair value of services to be rendered by the granted employees in the future. The rest of the options and restricted stock units granted have a dilutive effect.
3.23.
Share-based payments
Common Options
On July 15, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an incentive for executives and employees designed to provide long-term shareholder returns. Under this plan, participants were granted options to purchase Class C shares, as explained below
.
These options vest
25
% annually over a
five-year
period starting at the end of the second year. Once vested, options become exercisable upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, such as an IPO, which is considered a non-vesting condition, since the grantee of the option had already earned the right of the option at the end of the vesting period by providing services to the Company as of such date.
Exit Options
In December 2020, the Board of Directors approved the granting of additional options to be distributed to Board members and key management in two tranches expiring on
December 31, 2030
.
Both the vesting and the exercise of these options will be triggered upon the occurrence of an exit event, such as an IPO or a sale of the Company, and therefore these options are referred as “Exit Options”. To receive the award, the grantees must remain in service at
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
the
date of the exit event. The exit event is considered to be a vesting condition and there are no other vesting conditions to exercise the options.
The Common Options and Exit Options described above are considered a share-based compensation plan because it is equity‑settled, since both plans provide the grantees the option to acquire the Company’s Class C shares instead of receiving a payment, based on the value of the Company’s shares.
2024 Equity Incentive Plan
On December 10, 2024, the Board of Directors and the stockholders approved the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (hereafter referred to as "Equity Incentive Plan"), to provide a means through which to attract, retain and motivate key personnel. The Equity Incentive Plan consists of granting share options and restricted stock units (RSUs). Awards under the Equity Incentive Plan may be granted to employees, senior management, certain members of the Board and senior advisors. The Equity Incentive Plan is considered a share-based compensation plan because it is equity‑settled, since the plan provides the grantees the option to acquire the Company’s Class A shares instead of receiving a payment, based on the value of the Company’s shares. Vesting conditions and terms of the Equity Incentive Plan are described in Note 22.
Measuring and accounting
Common and Exit options (See Notes 1 and 24)
As of December 31, 2023, the Company was not publicly traded; therefore, there was no readily available market value for its shares. To determine the fair value of the Company’s stock options, management used an option pricing model and a binomial tree valuation model to determine the fair value of the options at their grant date. The impact of the non-vesting condition is included in the fair value of the options granted. As described in Notes 1 and 17, on February 8, 2024, BBB Foods completed an IPO and listed its Class A common shares on the NYSE, and on January 28, 2024, the Board approved: 1) a reorganization of the existing shares; and 2) a
3
for 1 share split of the Company’s common shares, and each granted option was entitled to acquire 3 Class C shares.
For accounting purposes, the Company recognizes the expense associated with the Common Options using a graded vesting model with a corresponding increase to equity. Employees who are terminated with cause or leave the Company before their options vest will forfeit any unvested options. Conversely, if the employee leaves the Company and its options are vested, it can exercise them in the future, subject to expiration date and the non-vesting condition. The Company estimates the potential forfeitures in order to estimate the expense to be recognized and adjusts this estimate based on the actual forfeitures.
The share-based payments expense in 2024, 2023 and 2022 related to the Common options amounted to Ps.
475,198
, Ps.
244,352
and Ps.
152,113
, respectively.
With respect to the accounting of Exit Options, management used an option pricing model and a binomial tree valuation model to determine the fair value at their grant date. The vesting period commenced on the grant date and finalized with the IPO and recognized an expense on a straight-line method during the vesting period, as the employee services were received, and the exit event was probable. If a key member of management or a Board member died or became permanently incapacitated before the exit event, the Exit Options of that person vested automatically on such date for the benefit of their heirs. If a key member of management or a Board member resigned before the exit event, the options were forfeited. The share-based payments expense in 2024, 2023 and 2022 related to the Exit options amounted to Ps.
20,774
, Ps.
140,214
and Ps.
151,676
, respectively.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Vested options under the 2004 plan are subject to exercise restrictions approved by the Board. Under the restrictions, beneficiaries are generally not allowed to exercise until the end of the Liquidity Lock-Up on July 8, 2026 or in connection with a registered offering. The Board allowed option holders to exercise a certain number of options, on a net settlement basis, and to sell the shares received in connection with the secondary offering mentioned in Note 24.
Equity Incentive Plan
To determine the fair value of the Company’s stock options granted under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan, management used a binomial tree valuation model. Options granted have different vesting conditions depending on the beneficiaries as described in Note 22. The Company accounted for expenses amounting to Ps.
27,171
associated with the Equity Incentive Plan with a corresponding increase to equity. The Company estimates the potential forfeitures in order to estimate the expense to be recognized and adjusts this estimate based on the actual forfeitures. The fair value of the RSUs is equal to the fair value of the Company's Class A shares on the grant date of the award.
3.24.
Application of new and revised standards that are mandatorily effective for
2024
Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards that are mandatorily effective for 2024.
In 2024, the Company adopted a series of amendments, issued by the IASB that are effective for annual periods that begin on or after January 1, 2024. The conclusions related to their adoption are described below:
i.
Amendments to IAS 1 - Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current and Non-current Liabilities with Covenants (1)
The amendments specify the requirements for classifying liabilities as current or non-current with covenants and clarify what is meant by to defer settlement, that a right to defer settlement must exist at the end of the reporting period, that the classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral right, that only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not impact its classification and the disclosures to be included.
The amendments also clarify that the requirement for the right to exist at the end of the reporting period applies to covenants which the entity is required to comply with on or before the reporting date regardless of whether the lender tests for compliance at that date or at a later date. The amendments must be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024.
This amendment did not have any impact in the Company’s financial statements.
ii.
Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 - Supplier Finance Arrangements
(1)
The amendments specify that arrangements that are solely credit enhancements for the entity or instruments used by the entity to settle directly with a supplier the amounts owed are not supplier finance arrangements.
In addition, the amendments require that entities disclose information that enables users of financial statements to assess how supplier finance arrangements affect an entity’s liabilities and cash flows and to understand the effect of supplier finance arrangements on an entity’s exposure to liquidity risk and how the entity might be affected if the arrangements were no longer available to it. The amendment must be applied to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024.
As a result of this amendment, the Company included additional disclosures in its financial statements (See Note 14).
iii.
Amendment to IFRS 16 - Leases Liability in a sale and leaseback
(1)
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
The amendment to IFRS 16 Leases specifies the requirements that a seller-lessee uses in measuring the lease liability arising in a sale and leaseback transaction, to ensure the seller-lessee does not recognize any amount of the gain or loss that relates to the right of use it retains. A seller-lessee applies the amendment retrospectively in accordance with IAS 8 to sale and leaseback transactions entered into after the date of initial application A seller-lessee applies the amendment to annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024.
The amendment has had no impact on the Company’s financial statements since it does not have sale and leaseback transactions.
iv.
IFRIC agenda decision on segment reporting
In July 2024, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) published IFRIC agenda decision on segment reporting clarifying certain requirements for segment disclosures. The Company adopted the guidance of this agenda decision and expanded its segment disclosures (See Note 23).
3.25.
New and revised IFRS issued but not yet effective
Amendments to IAS 21
Lack of exchangeability
(1)
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7
Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments
(2)
Issuance of IFRS 18
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
(3)
Issuance of IFRS 19
Subsidiaries without Public Accounting Accountability: Disclosures
(3)
(1)
Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2025
(2)
Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2026
(3)
Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2027
The Company is analyzing the potential impacts of these amendments and based on current progress, it does not expect that any of them will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements, except for IFRS 18 with mandatory effective date of January 1, 2027. Retrospective application is required, so comparative information for the year ending December 31, 2026 will be restated in accordance with IFRS 18.
Note 4 - Critical estimates and significant judgments:
Estimates, assumptions and significant judgments are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered relevant. Actual results may differ from said estimates.
Estimates, assumptions and significant judgments are reviewed continuously. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the review period and future periods if the review affects both the current period and subsequent periods.
Below are the sources of uncertainty at the date of the financial statements, where management considers there is a risk of adjustments to the book values of assets and liabilities.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Significant judgments
4.1.
Determining the lease term of contracts
The Company determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised.
The Company has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options, if applicable. The Company applies judgment in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain whether or not to exercise the option to renew or terminate the lease. That is, it considers all relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise either the renewal or termination, including but not limited to the investment in non-removable leasehold improvements to avoid incurring a more than insignificant penalty if terminating those leases. After the commencement date, the Company reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise the option to renew or to terminate (e.g., construction of significant leasehold improvements or significant customization to the leased asset).
The Company included the renewal period as part of the lease term. The Company typically exercises its option to renew for these leases because there could be an adverse effect on the business operation if a replacement asset is not readily available. Furthermore, the periods covered by termination options are included as part of the lease term only when they are reasonably certain not to be exercised.
4.2.
Classification of financial liabilities in supplier finance arrangements
The Company determines if liabilities that are part of supplier finance arrangements should be presented as suppliers or financial liabilities. The Company recognizes the liability as part of suppliers, only when those liabilities have similar nature and function to trade payables. Such as when the invoice is assigned to the financial institution to assist the supplier in obtaining affordable credit, and there is no change in the payment terms, or when the terms of the supplier finance are negotiated between the supplier and the financial institution and there are
no
fees or interest for the Company.
By contrast, the Company recognizes a financial liability presented separately when the size, nature or function of those liabilities makes separate presentation relevant, such as when the purpose of the agreement is to improve working capital of the Company, or the original payment terms change as part of the supplier finance agreement.
In addition, the cash flows related to the supplier finance arrangements, are recognized in the operating activities, if the account payables held by the financial institutions are those from working capital. In this case, the Company only recognizes the cash outflows that occur in the transactions with the financial institutions, but not the cash flows related between the financial institutions and the suppliers. However, if the Company recognizes a financial liability with a financial institution instead of a trade payable, cash flows are presented under the financing activities for the payments to the financial institution by the Company. In addition, the Company recognizes as a cash outflow in operating activities and a cash inflow in financing activities when the financial institution pays the supplier.
Accounting estimates
4.3.
Estimating the incremental borrowing rate of leased assets
The Company uses the incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) to determine the present value of its future lease payments. When the Company cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in certain of its leases, it uses its IBR to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. The IBR therefore reflects what the Company "would have to pay", which
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
requires estimation when no observable rates are available, or when the IBR needs to be adjusted to reflect the terms and conditions of the lease. The Company estimates the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest rates) when available and is required to make certain entity-specific estimates (such as the subsidiary's stand-alone credit rating).
4.4.
Share-based payments
Estimating the fair value for share-based payment transactions (common options and equity incentive plan) requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, determination of the most appropriate inputs used in the valuation model, including the expected life of the share option or appreciation right, the volatility, and making assumptions about them. For the measurement of the fair value of the equity-settled transactions with employees at the grant date, the Company uses a binomial tree valuation model. The assumptions used for estimating the fair value for share-based payments transactions are disclosed in Note 22.
Note 5 - Risk management:
Financial risk factors
The Company is not significantly expose to the following risks:
•
Price risks: Since the product prices are not fluctuating in nature, the Company has many suppliers and there is no concentration of suppliers.
•
Credit Risk: Since the Company mainly conducts the majority of its transactions in cash.
The Company is exposed to exchange rate risks, interest rates risks and liquidity risks. Management focuses primarily on minimizing the potentially adverse effects on financial performance.
Risk management is carried out by the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) under the policies established by the Company. The CFO identifies, evaluates and covers financial risks with the close cooperation of the Board of Directors. The Company establishes written principles for risk management in general, as well as written policies that cover specific areas such as liquidity risk, capital risk and investment of excess liquidity.
5.1.
Liquidity risk
Cash flow forecasts are developed by the Company's finance department. The treasury department monitors liquidity requirements to ensure that there is sufficient cash to meet operational needs so that the Company do not breach its financial commitments.
The excess cash on the working capital requirements are managed by the treasury department that invests them in financial institutions with high credit rating, choosing the instruments with the appropriate maturities or sufficient liquidity that gives the Company the sufficient margin in accordance with the cash flow forecasts mentioned above.
The Company finances its operations through the combination of:
1.
The credit obtained from suppliers, has driven a positive working capital dynamic because of favorable payable terms relative to the high rotation of inventories and minimal receivable balances, as most of the Company’s sales are received in cash at the time of sale,
2.
The Company has historically used certain amounts of short-term and long-term debt with related parties and third parties to supplement its cash flows,
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
3.
In addition, the Company has entered into supplier finance arrangements with Santander and HSBC to provide its suppliers collect their invoices earlier without cost for the Company, which can lead to concentration of liquidity risk. However, the Company chooses which accounts payable the financial institutions will settle and decides which accounts will remain payable to the suppliers, being able to manage such risk,
4.
The excess of cash is invested in short-term bank deposits, and
5.
Financings to fund the acquisition of store and transportation equipment.
Management believes that existing cash and cash equivalents and the liquidity provided from short-term bank deposits will be sufficient to meet the Company’s anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months, considering expected organic growth.
The Company's contractual maturities of its financial liabilities are detailed below according to the maturity periods. The table has been prepared on the basis of cash flows without discounting, from the first date on which the Company may be required to pay. The table includes the cash flows corresponding to the principal amount and its interest.
Up to
1 year
More than
1 and up
to 3 Years
Over 3
and up to
5 Years
More than
5 years
Total
December 31, 2024:
Debt (excluding issuance costs)
Ps.
948,408
Ps.
116,696
Ps.
—
Ps.
—
Ps.
1,065,104
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
341,828
—
—
—
341,828
Suppliers
8,835,875
—
—
—
8,835,875
Lease liabilities
1,800,536
3,188,993
2,770,943
8,761,593
16,522,065
Total
Ps.
11,926,647
Ps.
3,305,689
Ps.
2,770,943
Ps.
8,761,593
Ps.
26,764,872
Up to
1 year
More than
1 and up
to 3 Years
Over 3
and up to
5 Years
More than
5 years
Total
December 31, 2023:
Debt (excluding issuance costs)
Ps.
768,576
Ps.
423,962
Ps.
—
Ps.
—
Ps.
1,192,538
Debt with related parties
—
1,665,422
—
—
1,665,422
Interest payable on Promissory Notes
—
5,087,245
—
—
5,087,245
Costs of modification and remeasurement of Promissory Notes
—
80,244
—
—
80,244
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
322,959
—
—
—
322,959
Suppliers
7,126,089
—
—
—
7,126,089
Lease liabilities
1,293,219
2,382,138
2,062,570
6,401,351
12,139,278
Total
Ps.
9,510,843
Ps.
9,639,011
Ps.
2,062,570
Ps.
6,401,351
Ps.
27,613,775
5.2.
Capital risk
The Company’s objectives on managing capital risks are safeguarding the Company's ability to continue as an ongoing business, maximizing benefits for stockholders and improving the capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
With the objective of maintaining or adjusting the capital structure, the Company can reduce capital in favor of its stockholders and / or to cover accumulated losses. Consistent with other participants in the industry, the Company monitors capital based on the operating leverage ratio.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
5.3.
Exchange rate risks
The Company's exposure to the volatility of the exchange rate of its functional currency against the US dollar (US$) for the Company's financial instruments is shown below (figures in this table are expressed in US$):
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
Financial assets
US$
169,241,805
US$
13,643,181
US$
15,090,609
Financial liabilities
(
120,000
)
(
287,343,524
)
(
246,151,781
)
Long (short) foreign exchange monetary position
US$
169,121,805
US$
(
273,700,343
)
US$
(
231,061,172
)
The exchange rates at the date of the financial statements, for one US dollar, were as follows:
Exchange rate as of December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Ps./US$
Ps.
20.2683
Ps.
16.8935
Ps.
19.3615
Average exchange rate
2024
2023
2022
Ps./US$
Ps.
18.3024
Ps.
17.7338
Ps.
20.1205
A hypothetical variation of
10
% in the Ps. / US$ exchange rate and keeping all other variables constant would have resulted in a profit or loss of Ps.
342,781
, Ps.
462,376
, and Ps.
447,369
, in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and stockholders’ equity as of December 31,
2024, 2023 and 2022.
5.4.
Interest rate risk
The Company's debt is at fixed rates; therefore, the Company is not exposed to interest rate variation risk of loans bearing interest at variable rates. However, fixed-interest loans expose the Company to interest rate risk at fair value, which implies that the Company might be paying interest at rates significantly different from those of an observable market.
Note 6 - Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Cash
Ps.
1,172,286
Ps.
1,051,641
Cash-in-transit
(1)
237,995
143,496
Short term investments
(2)
36,885
25,334
Total
Ps.
1,447,166
Ps.
1,220,471
(1)
Amount owed by banks for sales with credit cards, debit cards, and electronic transfers (See Note 3.3).
(2)
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, these balances are deposited in a trust account created as an alternative source of payment related to the supplier finance arrangements entered into with Santander and HSBC. Those funds are released to Tiendas Tres B on a daily basis, as long as no payment default occurs (See Notes 3.11 and 14).
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
No
te 7 - Short-term bank deposits:
As of December 31, 2024 and 2
023, this item was comprised as follows:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Short-term bank deposits
Ps.
3,058,691
Ps.
—
On April 12, 2024, the Company opened a Certificate of Deposit Account for a total principal amount of Ps.
1,311,456
(US$
80
million), and on June 12, 2024 the Company opened Certificate of Deposit Accounts for a total principal amount of Ps.
1,286,936
(US$
70
million). The Company recognized accrued interest of Ps.
79,183
in profit or loss (See Note 20).
The breakdown of property, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements is shown below:
Buildings
Land
Transportation
equipment cars
Transportation
equipment trucks
(1)
Furniture
and
equipment
Store
equipment
(1)
Store
shelving
equipment
Lease-hold
improvements
Computer
equipment
Storage
equipment
Total
December 31, 2024
Initial balance
Ps.
185
Ps.
871
Ps.
15,143
Ps.
431,229
Ps.
57,131
Ps.
904,531
Ps.
572,331
Ps.
2,468,575
Ps.
120,666
Ps.
35,638
Ps.
4,606,300
Acquisitions
—
—
—
135,494
20,247
553,776
228,453
1,566,922
64,631
1,666
2,571,189
Disposals
—
—
(
438
)
(
1,439
)
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,877
Depreciation
(
69
)
—
(
9,036
)
(
67,234
)
(
10,121
)
(
147,293
)
(
42,739
)
(
374,907
)
(
63,410
)
(
5,178
)
(
719,987
)
Final balance
Ps.
116
Ps.
871
Ps.
5,669
Ps.
498,050
Ps.
67,257
Ps.
1,311,014
Ps.
758,045
Ps.
3,660,590
Ps.
121,887
Ps.
32,126
Ps.
6,455,625
December 31, 2024
Cost
1,481
871
84,377
732,028
120,743
1,785,750
935,348
4,705,936
411,839
57,192
8,835,565
Impairment
-
-
-
-
(
8,735
)
(
4,574
)
-
-
(
3,045
)
-
(
16,354
)
Accumulated depreciation
(
1,365
)
-
(
78,708
)
(
233,978
)
(
44,751
)
(
470,162
)
(
177,303
)
(
1,045,346
)
(
286,907
)
(
25,066
)
(
2,363,586
)
Final balance
Ps.
116
Ps.
871
Ps.
5,669
Ps.
498,050
Ps.
67,257
Ps.
1,311,014
Ps.
758,045
Ps.
3,660,590
Ps.
121,887
Ps.
32,126
Ps.
6,455,625
December 31, 2023
Initial balance
Ps.
259
Ps.
871
Ps.
20,442
Ps.
313,219
Ps.
44,235
Ps.
567,115
Ps.
453,608
Ps.
1,633,311
Ps.
97,123
Ps.
34,021
Ps.
3,164,204
Acquisitions
—
—
6,321
172,364
29,110
435,466
149,192
1,097,423
80,218
6,609
1,976,703
Disposals
—
—
(
123
)
(
3,402
)
—
(
7
)
(
42
)
—
—
(
202
)
(
3,776
)
Impairment
—
—
—
—
(
8,734
)
(
4,574
)
—
(
26,069
)
(
3,045
)
0
(
42,422
)
Depreciation
(
74
)
—
(
11,497
)
(
50,952
)
(
7,480
)
(
93,469
)
(
30,427
)
(
236,090
)
(
53,630
)
(
4,790
)
(
488,409
)
Final balance
Ps.
185
Ps.
871
Ps.
15,143
Ps.
431,229
Ps.
57,131
Ps.
904,531
Ps.
572,331
Ps.
2,468,575
Ps.
120,666
Ps.
35,638
Ps.
4,606,300
December 31, 2023
Cost
Ps.
1,481
Ps.
871
Ps.
98,761
Ps.
599,230
Ps.
103,320
Ps.
1,257,024
Ps.
706,895
Ps.
3,202,654
Ps.
350,920
Ps.
56,181
Ps.
6,377,337
Impairment
—
0
—
—
(
8,734
)
(
4,574
)
—
(
26,069
)
(
3,045
)
—
(
42,422
)
Accumulated depreciation
(
1,296
)
—
(
83,618
)
(
168,001
)
(
37,455
)
(
347,919
)
(
134,564
)
(
708,010
)
(
227,209
)
(
20,543
)
(
1,728,615
)
Final balance
Ps.
185
Ps.
871
Ps.
15,143
Ps.
431,229
Ps.
57,131
Ps.
904,531
Ps.
572,331
Ps.
2,468,575
Ps.
120,666
Ps.
35,638
Ps.
4,606,300
The depreciation of property, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements amounted to Ps.
719,987
, Ps.
488,409
, and Ps.
297,743
for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and Ps.
124,490
, Ps.
94,121
, and Ps.
50,883
was recognized in cost of sales and Ps.
562,244
, Ps.
394,288
, and Ps.
246,860
in sales expenses, respectively, for such years. In the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company wrote-off certain assets by Ps.
33,253
that were recorded in other expenses. In December 2023, the Company impaired property damage due to the Hurricane Otis by Ps.
42,422
(See Note 1), which was recognized as other expenses in the statement of profit or loss; however, during the year ended December 31, 2024, the amount was reversed by Ps.
26,069
.
(1)
The transportation and store equipment are pledged as collateral.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Note 11 - Right-of-use assets – Net:
The Company has entered into several lease contracts of buildings, vehicles, other equipment and commercial premises. There are
no
future cash outflows derived from residual value guarantees, restrictions imposed by tenants or sale and leaseback transactions.
The average lease term is disclosed in Note 3.21. The Company applies the recognition exemptions with respect to “short-term leases” and “low-value asset leases”.
The right-of-use asset recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31,
2024 and 2023, was as follows:
Building
Transportation equipment
Store
equipment
Total
As of January 1, 2023
Ps.
4,472,888
Ps.
55,999
Ps.
167,572
Ps.
4,696,459
Additions
1,282,448
63,778
75,942
1,422,168
Depreciation
(
553,468
)
(
20,693
)
(
23,870
)
(
598,031
)
As of December 31, 2023
Ps.
5,201,868
Ps.
99,084
Ps.
219,644
Ps.
5,520,596
Additions
2,194,687
93,833
30,415
2,318,935
Write-offs
(
8,157
)
(
2,626
)
(
4,220
)
(
15,003
)
Depreciation
(
727,932
)
(
39,472
)
(
28,778
)
(
796,182
)
As of December 31, 2024
Ps.
6,660,466
Ps.
150,819
Ps.
217,061
Ps.
7,028,346
In the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
, the Company had expenses related to low-value leased assets and short-term leases included in sale and administrative expenses for an amount of Ps.
16,469
, Ps.
18,370
, and Ps.
6,387
, respectively. In the same years, the Company did
no
t have variable lease payments.
The Company had total cash outflows for leases of Ps.
1,457,011
in
2024
, Ps.
1,186,260
in
2023
and Ps.
826,730
in
2022. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
, the Company recognized Ps.
123,160
, Ps.
89,931
and Ps.
66,935
of depreciation of the right-of-use asset in the cost of sales, and Ps.
673,022,
Ps.
508,100
and Ps.
417,981
in sale expenses, respectively.
The Company has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by management to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Group business needs. Management exercises significant judgment in determining whether these extension and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised (See Note 4.1). As of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
the Company considered all optional extensions that are enforceable in its lease contracts; therefore, there are
no
future cash outflows derived from extensions that are not planned to be exercised.
Note 12 - Financial instruments by category:
The Company classified their financial assets and liabilities as follows:
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
Debt with related parties
Ps.
—
Ps.
4,340,452
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
341,828
322,959
Suppliers
8,835,875
7,126,089
Debt
1,033,458
1,321,455
Lease liabilities
8,165,490
6,244,222
(1)
As of December 31, 2024, the Company opened Certificate of Deposit Accounts for a total principal amount of Ps.
2,621,393
(US$
150,000,000
). In addition, the Company recognized an accrued interest of Ps.
79,183
in profit or loss (See Note 19).
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, short term bank deposits, sundry debtors and suppliers, approximate their fair value due to their short-term maturity. The net carrying amount of these accounts represents the expected cash flows to be received.
In addition, the estimated carrying amount and fair value of the liabilities measured at amortized costs as of December 31,
are as follows:
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
(1)
Carrying
amount
Fair value
Carrying
amount
Fair value
Debt to related parties and third parties
(1)
Ps.
—
Ps.
—
Ps.
4,790,168
Ps.
4,798,894
(1)
The estimated fair value of debt to related parties and debt to third parties was estimated together since both reflect the outstanding amount of the Promissory Notes issued by the Company. As of December 31, 2023
, the fair value was determined based on the discounted cash flows, using a US$ composite rate, plus the credit spread of the Company and the country risk indicator if it applies. The fair value measurement of debt is considered within the Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Long-term fixed-rate and variable-rate interest-bearing loans and borrowings are evaluated by the Company based on parameters such as interest rates, specific country risk factors, and the risk characteristics of the financed project.
As of December 31,
2024 and 2023
, there were no transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy.
Fair value hierarchy
The following is an analysis of financial instruments measured in accordance with the fair value hierarchy. The 3 different levels used are presented below:
•
Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
•
Level 2: Other valuations including quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, which are directly or indirectly observable.
•
Level 3: Valuations made through techniques where one or more of their significant data inputs are unobservable.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
(1)
Part of this balance was deferred and accrued interest at a rate ranging from
10
% to
15
%. In March 2024, the Company repaid the outstanding amount of the deferred bonus payable.
(2)
In February 2024, the Company repaid the outstanding amount of the Senior Promissory Notes, the 2017 and 2020 Junior Promissory Notes, with the proceeds of the IPO (See Note 1).
13.3.
As of December 31,
2023, the Company’s debt related to the Promissory Notes was as follows:
December 31, 2023
Promissory Notes
Amount of
the Promissory
Notes US$
(1)
Currency
Principal
Ps.
(1)
Accrued
Interest
Payable
Ps.
(1)
Total
Ps.
(1)
Interest
Rate
Maturity
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes
(Note 14)
94,747,329
US$
1,592,780
2,565,678
4,158,458
14
%
Dec 2026
2017 Junior Promissory Notes
(Note 14)
5,000,000
US$
70,953
108,292
179,245
15
%
Dec 2026
2020 Junior Promissory Notes
(Note 14)
650,000
US$
1,689
1,060
2,749
14
%
Dec 2026
Total
100,397,329
1,665,422
2,675,030
4,340,452
(1)
These amounts correspond only to the portion due to related parties; the remaining balance is disclosed as debt (See Note 14).
The Mexican Subsidiaries were guarantors of the Company’s obligations under the Promissory Notes.
Terms and conditions of the Promissory Notes
a.
On November 30, 2016, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Senior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued promissory notes (the “Promissory Notes”) in the aggregate amount of US$
94,747,329
, of which
99.5
% was due to related parties and
0.5
% to third parties. The total amount has been split to show the nature of the counterparty. On October 23, 2023, the Company signed an amendment to extend the maturity up to December 31, 2026, agreeing to pay to the holders an additional amount of US$
4,100,000
at maturity, and an advisory fee of US$
400,000
to QS management Ltd., which led to classify the transaction as a debt modification.
b.
Amounts outstanding under the Promissory Notes were as follows:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Related parties
Ps.
—
Ps.
4,158,458
Third parties
—
20,454
Total
Ps.
—
Ps.
4,178,912
The balance due to related parties was as follows:
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
c.
2017 Junior Promissory Notes:
On August 9, 2017, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued promissory notes (the “2017 Junior Notes") in the aggregate amount of US$
5,000,000
, of which
84
% was due to related parties and
16
% to third parties, with a term of
9
years. On October 23, 2023, the Company signed an amendment to extend the maturity up to
December 31, 2026
agreeing to pay to the holders an additional amount of US$
230,000
, which led to classify the transaction as a debt modification. The 2017 Junior Notes were held by both related parties and third parties. The total amount has been split to show the nature of the counterparty.
Amounts outstanding under the 2017 Junior Notes were as follows:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Related parties
Ps.
—
Ps.
179,245
Third parties
—
34,142
Total
Ps.
—
Ps.
213,387
The balance due to related parties was as follows:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Key management personnel
Ps.
—
Ps.
104,559
BBB Foods Inc. stockholders
—
59,748
Close family member of key management
—
10,670
Other related parties
—
4,268
Total
Ps.
—
Ps.
179,245
d.
2020 Junior Promissory Notes:
On June 30, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, whereby the Company issued promissory notes (the “2020 Junior Notes”), in the aggregate amount of US$
650,000
, out of which
15.4
% corresponded to related parties and
84.6
% to third parties, with
6
years-term. The 2020 Junior Notes were held by both related parties, and third parties, so the total amount has been split to show the nature of the counterparty.
Amounts outstanding under the 2020 Junior Notes were as follows:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Related parties
Ps.
—
Ps.
2,749
Third parties
—
15,118
Total
Ps.
—
Ps.
17,867
The balance due to related parties was as follows:
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
e.
Covenants
The Promissory Notes contained certain provisions that the Company complied as of December 31, 2023.
13.4.
Key management personnel compensation
a.
Compensation to key
management personnel was Ps.
748,907
, Ps.
515,483
and Ps.
411,449
, r
espectively, and was recognized as part of administrative expenses.
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31, 2022
Share-based payments (Note 22)
Ps.
418,943
Ps.
334,493
Ps.
250,375
Short-term employee benefits
77,575
122,370
98,137
Other bonuses
(1)
148,189
58,620
51,150
Deferred bonus
—
—
11,787
Ps.
644,707
Ps.
515,483
Ps.
411,449
(1)
The outstanding amount payable of these bonuses as of December 31,
2024 and 2023
is Ps.
58,702
and Ps.
35,269
, respectively. (See Note 13).
b.
The CEO of Tiendas 3 B is shareholder of Bolton Partners LTD, an entity that has significant influence over BBB Foods Inc. (See Note 1).
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Financing of transportation and store equipment
Financial institution
Effective rate
Remaining
contract
period
(1)
2024
2023
Daimler Chrysler Financial Services
From
12.30
to
12.90
1
year
Ps.
120,539
Ps.
111,551
Daimler Chrysler Financial Services
From
12.30
to
12.90
From
2
to
4
years
106,271
127,602
Banco Mercantil del Norte
From
2.08
to
14.99
1
year
—
149
NR Finance México, S. A. de C. V., SOFOM E.N.R.
9.43
1
year
—
13
Toyota Financial Services
13.99
1
year
—
70
Grupo Financiero Santander
12.99
1
year
—
123
Arrendadora Afirme
12.98
1
year
—
236
ALD Market Innovation
10.00
1
year
516
—
ALD Market Innovation
10.00
2
years
422
—
Total
227,748
239,744
Short-term
(
121,055
)
(
112,142
)
Long-term
Ps.
106,693
Ps.
127,602
This financing is denominated in Mexican pesos and accrues monthly interest. The transportation and store equipment are pledged as collateral.
Supplier finance arrangements (See Note 15)
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
HSBC
Ps.
337,550
Ps.
233,930
Santander
347,205
215,920
Total
Ps.
684,755
Ps.
449,850
Santander
Tiendas Tres B has entered into a supplier finance arrangement with Santander pursuant to which a participating supplier receives the original invoice amount discounted at an agreed rate, and Tiendas Tres B pays Santander the original amount of the invoice within 60 days after the supplier collects the invoice from Santander. The aggregate limit of amounts invoiced under this arrangement is Ps.
500,000
. Pursuant to the terms of this arrangement, Tiendas Tres B has created a trust, which is meant to be an alternative source of payment in the case of a payment default. Cash flows coming from
419
stores are deposited in a bi-weekly minimum aggregate amount of Ps.
300,000
in the trust account as a pass-through and released to Tiendas Tres B treasury on a daily basis, as long as no payment default occurs. This trust serves as well as an alternative source of payment for the Revolving Credit Line of Ps.
300,000
the Company contracted with Santander. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023 Tiendas Tres B had Ps.
152,795
and Ps.
284,080
, respectively, available under this Agreement. As of December 31, 2024, the Company complied with all the covenants stipulated in the Santander Agreement and there are no facts and circumstances that indicate possible difficulties in complying with the covenants for at least the next 12 months.
HSBC
On June 2, 2023, Tiendas Tres B and HSBC entered into a supplier finance arrangement (the “HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement”) and a credit facility (the “HSBC Credit Line,” and together with the HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement, the “HSBC Agreement”). The original aggregate principal amount financeable under the HSBC Agreement was Ps.
450,000
. This amount was increased to Ps.
700,000
on
June 20, 2024. Pursuant to the terms of the HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement, participating suppliers may discount their invoices with HSBC, and they will receive the original invoice amount discounted at an agreed rate and Tiendas Tres B will then pay HSBC the original amount by the earlier of: (x) the date HSBC pays the supplier plus the number of credit days originally agreed to
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
with
the supplier, and (y) 90 days after the supplier collects the invoice from HSBC. The supplier elects which invoices are entered into the supplier finance. Once entered, such invoices are novated and the liability of the Company to cover such invoice is extinguished. Invoices that are not discounted with HSBC are payable to the supplier at the original maturity date. There are no commissions or interests payable to HSBC when invoices are discounted. Under the terms of the HSBC Agreement, the Company must comply with certain covenants, including restrictions on dividends, and has created a trust, which is meant to be an alternative source of payment in the case of a payment default, into which Ps.
540,000
of cash flows have to be deposited (as a pass-through) on the trust each month. However, the deposits are released daily to Tiendas Tres B so long as no payment default occurs. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company complied with all the covenants stipulated in the HSBC Agreement and there are no facts and circumstances that indicate possible difficulties in complying with the covenants for at least the next 12 months.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company did
no
t have an outstanding balance under the HSBC Credit Line; however, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had an outstanding balance related to the supplier finance arrangement and, consequently, the Company had a total available amount of Ps.
362,450
and Ps.
216,070
, respectively.
The carrying amounts of liabilities under the supplier finance arrangement are considered to be reasonable approximations of their fair values, due to their short-term nature.
Santander credit line
Effective Rate
Remaining Contract Period
(1)
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Santander credit line
TIIE +
2.00
1
Year
Ps.
120,955
Ps.
—
Santander credit line
TIIE +
3.15
1
Year
Ps.
—
Ps.
182,145
Total short term
Ps.
120,955
Ps.
182,145
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had an available credit line amount pending to be withdrawn of Ps.
179,045
and Ps.
117,855
, respectively.
On July 11, 2024, the Company renegotiated the interest rate of the Santander credit line from TIIE +
3.15
to the current rate of TIIE +
2.00
.
In 2024, the Company withdrew Ps.
10,395,837
of its revolving credit lines with Santander and HSBC, which were settled in the same year. In 2023 and 2022, the Company withdrew Ps.
2,630,012
and Ps.
229,162
, and repaid Ps.
2,530,395
and Ps.
146,635
, respectively.
Promissory Notes
As of December 31,
2023
, the Company’s debt under the Promissory Notes was Ps.
449,716
, which was repaid in February 2024 with the proceeds of the IPO.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
December 31, 2023
Promissory Notes
Amount
of the
Promissory
Notes
US$
(1)
Currency
Principal
Ps.
(1)
Accrued
Interest
Payable
Ps.
(1)
Total
Ps.
(1)
Interest
Rate
Maturity
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 13)
94,747,329
US$
7,834
12,620
20,454
14
%
Dec 2026
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13)
5,000,000
US$
13,515
20,627
34,142
15
%
Dec 2026
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13)
650,000
US$
9,291
5,827
15,118
14
%
Dec 2026
Convertible Notes (Note 13)
15,000,000
US$
248,569
131,433
380,002
14
%
Nov 2026
Total
115,397,329
279,209
170,507
449,716
(1)
These amounts are due to non-related parties, the remaining balance is disclosed as debt to related parties (See Note 13).
The Mexican Subsidiaries were guarantors under the Promissory Notes. (See Note 13).
BBB Foods Inc. issued a first junior convertible promissory note by US$
7,500,000
and on February 3, 2021, issued a second junior convertible promissory note by US$
7,500,000
(collectively referred as the Convertible Notes). The Convertible Notes were convertible into Company’s common shares, at the option of the holder, into the number of Class C Shares equal to the outstanding principal amount plus the amount of all accrued and unpaid interest at the time of the conversion and divided by the Conversion Price (US$
86.25
). The Company repaid the outstanding Convertible Notes totaling US$
23,229,744
(Ps.
396,485
) with the proceeds of the IPO.
Note 15 - Supplier finance arrangements:
The carrying amount of liabilities under supplier finance arrangement at December 31, 2024 and 2023 are the following:
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Recognized in suppliers
Ps.
—
Ps.
23,100
Recognized in debt (See Note 14)
684,755
449,850
Total
Ps.
684,755
Ps.
472,950
Liabilities under supplier finance arrangements of which the supplier has received payment from the finance provider:
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Recognized in suppliers
Ps.
—
Ps.
23,100
Recognized in debt (See Note 14)
Ps.
684,755
Ps.
449,850
The ranges of payment due dates are:
2024
2023
Liabilities under supplier finance arrangement
1
-
15
1
-
15
Comparable trade payables that are not part of the supplier finance arrangement
45
-
60
45
-
60
There were
no
business combinations or foreign exchange differences that would affect the liabilities under the supplier finance arrangement in either period presented in the financial statements. There were non-cash transfers from suppliers to debt
of Ps.
3,498,928
and Ps.
2,195,833
in 2024 and 2023, respectively.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
The carrying amounts of liabilities under the supplier finance arrangement are considered to be reasonable approximations of their fair values, due to their short-term nature.
Note 16 - Lease liabilities:
The Company's lease liabilities are shown below:
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Lease liabilities:
Current
Ps.
750,127
Ps.
537,515
Non-current
7,415,363
5,706,707
Ps.
8,165,490
Ps.
6,244,222
Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the year:
Building
Transportation
equipment
Store
equipment
Total
Lease liabilities as of January 1, 2023
Ps.
5,092,225
Ps.
47,234
Ps.
105,983
Ps.
5,245,442
New leases
1,282,448
63,778
75,942
1,422,168
Interest expense
728,878
9,689
24,305
762,872
Principal and interest payments
(
1,071,930
)
(
31,242
)
(
83,088
)
(
1,186,260
)
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2023
Ps.
6,031,621
Ps.
89,459
Ps.
123,142
Ps.
6,244,222
Building
Transportation
equipment
Store
equipment
Total
New leases
2,194,687
93,833
30,415
2,318,935
Interest expense
1,025,855
23,504
23,415
1,072,774
Reclassifications
87,466
—
—
87,466
Write-offs
(
10,275
)
(
3,155
)
—
(
13,430
)
Principal and interest payments
(
1,389,412
)
(
60,152
)
(
94,913
)
(
1,544,477
)
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2024
Ps.
7,939,942
Ps.
143,489
Ps.
82,059
Ps.
8,165,490
The following amounts have been recognized in profit or loss:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets
Ps.
796,182
Ps.
598,031
Ps.
484,916
Interest expense on lease liabilities
1,072,774
762,872
507,875
Expense relating to leases of low-value assets and short-term leases (included in administrative expenses)
16,469
18,370
6,387
Total
Ps.
1,885,425
Ps.
1,379,273
Ps.
999,178
The Company has no cash outflows to which is potentially exposed since in the measurement of the lease liabilities, the optional renewal is always included.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Note 17 - Stockholders’ equity:
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and until the conclusion of the IPO on February 8, 2024, the total number of common shares of the Company was
28,050,087
and the capital stock amounted Ps.
471,282
. During those periods the capital stock of the Company was integrated as follows:
Class A Shares
The Company had
4,000,000
issued Class A shares that were fully paid and outstanding.
Each Class A share had full voting rights of one vote per share
and were entitled to drag-along rights.
Class B Shares
The Company had
11,025,000
issued Class B shares that were fully paid and outstanding.
Each Class B share had full voting rights of one vote per share
and Class B Shares had voting rights, drag-along rights, and liquidation preference in case of bankruptcy.
Class C Shares
There were
no
Class C shares outstanding although as of December 31, 2023 and until the conclusion of the IPO there were
15,000,000
unissued reserved shares to cover possible options exercises under the 2004 Stock Option Plan.
Class D Shares
The Company had
8,571,428
issued Class B shares that were fully paid and outstanding.
Each Class D share had full voting rights of one vote per share
and Class D Shares had voting rights, drag-along rights, and liquidation preference in case of bankruptcy.
Class E Shares
The Company had
4,453,659
issued Class E shares that were fully paid and outstanding.
Each Class E share had full voting rights of one vote per share
and Class E Shares had voting rights, drag-along rights, and liquidation preference in case of bankruptcy.
Capital Reorganization
On January 29, 2024, the Board of Directors approved, subject to the completion of the IPO: 1) a new capital structure with new Class A, Class B and Class C common shares, 2) a reorganization of the existing shares resulting in a reclassification of the outstanding Class A, B, C, D and E common shares into the new Class B and new C Shares, and 2) a
3
for 1 share split of all of the Company’s common shares, increasing the aggregate number of shares from
28,050,087
to
84,150,261
. On February 8, 2024, the Company completed an IPO by listing its Class A shares on the NYSE. On that date all of the outstanding common shares of the Company were subject to a
3
for 1 share split and the outstanding Class A, B, C, D and E common shares were reclassified into new Class B and new C shares.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
As a result of the IPO, the total value of the Class A shares was comprised as follows (See Note 24):
Total Value
Value Class A Common Shares as of January 1, 2024
Ps.
—
Proceeds from the IPO
8,386,992
Underwriting fees and incremental and direct costs
(
574,927
)
Value Class A Shares as of December 31, 2024
Ps.
7,812,065
As a result of the above-mentioned events, as of December 31, 2024, the capital stock of the Company amounted Ps.
8,283,347
comprised by
112,200,752
outstanding shares.
After February 8, 2024 and as of December 31, 2024 the capital stock of the Company had the following classes of shares:
Class A Shares
The
38,709,677
Class A shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “TBBB”.
Each holder of Class A shares is entitled to one vote per share.
The Class A shares vote together with holders of Class B and Class C shares. Class A shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions, pari passu with the Class B and Class C shares. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Class A shares will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with our Class B and Class C shares, in the distribution of all of the Company’s assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities. The Class A shares have no preemptive rights to purchase additional Class A shares in connection with any offering of shares by the Company.
Class B Shares
The
5,200,000
Class B shares are all owned, directly or indirectly, by the principal shareholder of the Company.
Each Class B share is entitled to 15 votes per share on all corporate matters.
Class B shares vote together with holders of Class A and Class C shares as a single class, subject to certain exceptions. Class B shares may not be listed on any U.S. or foreign national or regional securities exchange or market. Class B shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions, pari passu with Class A and Class C shares. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the Class B shares will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with our Class A and Class C shares in the distribution of all of the Company’s assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities. The holders of Class B shares have preemptive rights in connection with the issuance of any securities by the Company.
Each Class B share will convert automatically into one Class A share (i) upon sale into the public market; (ii) upon any transfer, subject to some exceptions; and (iii) at such time as the number of issued and outstanding Class B shares represents less than
1.0
% of the aggregate number of the aggregate shares of the Company then outstanding.
A Class B share will convert automatically into one Class C common share upon foreclosure or enforcement of any pledge over the Class B common shares.
Following the expiry of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period (on July 8, 2026), a holder of Class B common shares may also elect to convert a Class B common share into one Class A common share.
Class C Shares
The
68,291,075
Class C common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all corporate matters
.
Class C common shares vote together with Class A and Class B common shares as a single class, subject to certain exceptions. Class C common shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions, pari passu with the Class A and Class B common shares. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, Class C common shares will be entitled to share ratably,
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
pari
passu with the Class A common shares and Class B common shares, in the distribution of all of the Company’s assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities.
Each Class C share will convert automatically into one Class A share upon (i) sale into the public market; (ii) certain transfers permitted during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period; and (iii) upon expiry of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period.
Until the end of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period (on July 8, 2026), all of the options granted by the Company can be exercised only to acquire Class C common shares of the Company. Starting on February 8, 2024 and as of December 31, 2024, the Company had
45,000,000
Class C shares in reserve to cover exercises of the Common and Exit options, as well as
8,400,000
to cover exercises of the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan.
On February 5, 2025, BBB Foods Inc. announced the offering of
21,000,000
Class A common shares by certain selling stockholders at a public offering price of $
28.25
per Class A common share (See Note 24).
Taxation on dividends
Dividends declared by Tiendas 3 B will be free of income tax if they come from Net Tax Profit Account (“CUFIN”, by its Spanish acronym). Any dividends paid in excess of CUFIN and reinvested CUFIN (“CUFINRE” by its Spanish acronym) will cause a tax equivalent to
42.86
%. The current tax is payable by each of the Mexican Subsidiaries and may be credited against its current income tax of the year on which it is paid. The remaining amount may be credited in the following two fiscal years against the tax of the year or against the provisional payments. Dividends paid coming from profit previously taxed by income tax will not be subject to tax withholding or additional tax payment. For that purpose, income tax law sets the obligation of keeping CUFIN with profits generated up to December 31, 2013, starting another CUFIN with profit generated from January 1, 2014. As of December 31,
2024 and 2023
, the sum of both CUFIN of the Mexican Subsidiaries amounted to approximately Ps.
1,592,401
and Ps.
709,314
, respectively.
Note 18 - Income tax:
BBB Foods Inc., as an entity incorporated and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”), is not subject to any form of taxation and therefore there is no tax rate to be applied, and this will continue to be in the foreseeable future. The BVI laws specifically provide that a BVI business entity such as BBB Foods Inc. is exempt from any income, capital gains, estate or other tax in the British Virgin Islands.
The statutory rate of income tax in Mexico applicable to the Company’s Mexican Subsidiaries is
30
%.
The tax result differs from the accounting result mainly, for those items that are accumulated and deducted differently for accounting and tax purposes, for the recognition of the effects of inflation for tax purposes, as well as for those items that only affect the accounting or tax result.
The Pillar Two rules issued have not been enacted in the British Virgin Islands, which is where the Company is incorporated, nor Mexico, which is where the Company has most of its operations; however, Pillar Two legislation was enacted in the United Kingdom, the jurisdiction in which the Scottish entities are organized, and came into effect starting January 1, 2024. Aside from the potential disclosures or informative returns that may be required by each jurisdiction, considering Tiendas Tres B, S.A. de C.V., has an effective tax rate that exceeds
15
%,
no
additional corporate tax was recognized in the years presented in the financial statements in connection with the Mexican source of revenue. Even if Pillar Two legislation, or similar legislation is passed by either the British Virgin Islands or Mexico,
no
additional tax is expected to be recognized.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
18.1.
The income tax expense is
shown below:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Current income tax
Ps.
(
463,648
)
Ps.
(
309,989
)
Ps.
(
287,309
)
Deferred income tax
Ps.
80,524
Ps.
104,741
Ps.
85,946
Total
Ps.
(
383,124
)
Ps.
(
205,248
)
Ps.
(
201,363
)
18.2.
T
he main temporary differences on which the deferred income tax was recognized are shown below:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Advanced payments
Ps.
(
86,528
)
Ps.
(
56,059
)
Ps.
(
47,638
)
Property, furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements
(
95,785
)
(
23,667
)
(
43,510
)
Lease liabilities
8,177,202
6,255,817
5,253,632
Right-of-use assets
(
7,028,346
)
(
5,520,596
)
(
4,696,459
)
Provisions and accrued expenses
770,420
754,026
598,685
Inventories
(
122,547
)
(
63,517
)
(
67,842
)
Ps.
1,614,416
Ps.
1,346,004
Ps.
996,868
Applicable income tax rate
30
%
30
%
30
%
Deferred income tax asset
Ps.
484,325
Ps.
403,801
Ps.
299,060
18.3.
The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into account the compensation of balances under the same tax jurisdiction, is shown below:
January 1,
2022
Effects in
the results
of the year
December 31,
2022
Effects in
the results
of the year
December 31,
2023
Effects in
the results
of the year
December 31,
2024
Assets for deferred taxes
Lease liabilities
Ps.
1,030,629
Ps.
545,460
Ps.
1,576,089
Ps.
300,655
Ps.
1,876,744
Ps.
576,416
Ps.
2,453,160
Provisions and accrued expenses
131,237
48,368
179,605
46,603
226,208
4,918
231,126
Total assets for deferred tax
Ps.
1,161,866
Ps.
593,828
Ps.
1,755,694
Ps.
347,258
Ps.
2,102,952
Ps.
581,334
Ps.
2,684,286
Liabilities for deferred taxes
Inventories
11,613
8,741
20,354
(
1,298
)
19,056
17,708
36,764
Advanced payments
7,684
6,607
14,291
2,526
16,817
9,141
25,958
Property, furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
18.4.
The reconciliation between the current and effective income tax rates is shown below:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Profit (loss) before income tax
Ps.
717,546
Ps.
(
100,905
)
Ps.
(
363,747
)
Current income tax rate
30
%
30
%
30
%
Income tax at statutory rate
Ps.
(
215,264
)
Ps.
30,272
Ps.
109,124
Plus (less) effects of income tax on the following items:
Share-based payments
(
156,943
)
(
115,370
)
(
91,137
)
Annual adjustment for inflation
(
104,890
)
(
90,219
)
(
105,615
)
Unrecognized tax earnings (losses) in no taxable entities
104,735
(
20,955
)
(
106,071
)
Non-deductible expenses
(
110,469
)
(
83,703
)
(
64,766
)
Effect of inflation on property, furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements
61,602
48,049
46,219
Restatement of tax losses
(
6
)
(
92
)
(
40
)
Non-cumulative income
40,790
21,253
6,655
Others
(
2,679
)
5,517
4,268
Income tax expense
Ps.
(
383,124
)
Ps.
(
205,248
)
Ps.
(
201,363
)
Effective income tax rate
53.4
%
(
203.4
)%
(
55.4
)%
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for tax loss carryforwards to the extent that the receipt of a tax benefit through future taxable income is probable. The Company did not recognize tax losses for an amount of Ps.
1,871
, Ps.
1,961
and Ps.
1,568
as of December 31,
2024, 2023 and 2022, since the recovery of such amounts was uncertain.
The temporary differences associated with investments in the Group subsidiaries generate a zero deferred tax, since BBB Foods Inc. is not a taxable entity as described above. The Company determined that the undistributed profits of its subsidiaries will not be distributed in the foreseeable future.
Note 19 - Cost and expenses by nature:
The cost of sales is comprised as follows:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Cost of merchandise and logistic costs
Ps.
47,815,263
Ps.
36,854,490
Ps.
27,537,825
Depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
The sales and administrative expenses are as follows:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Personnel expenses
3,870,087
3,082,527
2,085,846
Depreciation and amortization
1,237,696
905,043
667,236
Cash-in-transit services, surveillance and maintenance
716,261
571,631
446,146
Energy, fuel, and lubricants
549,301
421,231
336,842
Shared-based payments
(1)
523,143
384,566
303,789
Other
503,066
414,060
267,835
Advertising
160,919
160,497
132,342
Other taxes and rights
241,116
163,303
100,993
Professional services
(2)
307,052
106,983
71,901
Total sales and administrative expenses
Ps.
8,108,641
Ps.
6,209,841
Ps.
4,412,930
(1)
The share-based payments in
2024, 2023 and 2022
were comprised of Ps.
502,369
, Ps.
244,352
and Ps.
152,113
, respectively, in
respect of options granted under the 2004 Option Plan and the Equity Incentive Plan.
(2)
For the year ended December 31, 2023 an amount of Ps.
37,910
in IPO related services was incurred, out of which Ps.
28,432
was recognized as an expense and Ps.
9,477
was capitalized as part of the net proceeds of the new shares issued as part of the IPO. An amount of Ps.
93,075
in IPO services was incurred in the year ended December 31,
2024, out of which Ps.
69,806
was
recognized as an expense and Ps.
23,269
was capitalized as part of the net proceeds of the new shares.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Note 20 - Financial (costs) income - Net:
T
he financial (costs) income is as follow:
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Financial income:
Interest income
Ps.
55,888
Ps.
16,640
Ps.
11,686
Interest generated by short-term bank deposits
79,183
—
—
Gain on derivative financial Instruments
7,980
—
—
Other commissions
12,812
9,429
8,154
Financial income
Ps.
155,863
Ps.
26,069
Ps.
19,840
Financial costs:
Interest cost on lease liabilities
Ps.
(
1,072,774
)
(
762,872
)
(
507,875
)
Interest cost on Promissory Notes
(
82,588
)
(
619,779
)
(
615,592
)
Loss related to modification of Promissory Notes
—
(
55,527
)
—
Loss related to remeasurement of Promissory Notes
—
(
28,709
)
—
Amortization of issuance of debt costs
(
5,967
)
—
—
Interest on bonus payable to related parties
(
1,191
)
(
4,523
)
(
3,460
)
Interest cost on credit lines
(
43,773
)
(
16,729
)
—
Interest on supplier finance arrangements and other commissions
(
21,729
)
(
13,744
)
—
Interest cost on financing of transportation and store equipment
(
29,232
)
(
25,224
)
(
41,859
)
Financial costs
Ps.
(
1,257,254
)
Ps.
(
1,527,107
)
Ps.
(
1,168,786
)
Exchange rate fluctuation:
Gain for exchange rate fluctuation
542,222
667,118
285,990
Loss for exchange rate fluctuation
(
51,794
)
(
60,848
)
(
21,060
)
Exchange rate fluctuation
Ps.
490,428
Ps.
606,270
Ps.
264,930
Financial costs - Net
Ps.
(
610,963
)
Ps.
(
894,768
)
Ps.
(
884,016
)
Note 21 - Earnings (loss) per share:
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not present diluted earnings per share as it generated net losses for such periods, which would result in an antidilutive effect. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company analyzed whether there were dilutive effects from potential ordinary shares arising from share-based payments and Convertible Note, as the Company recognized profit in such period. The Company determined that all of the
14,145,408
options (each of which grants each holder the right to receive three Class C common shares, derived from the
3
-for-1 share split effected in connection with the IPO) granted to eligible employees, as noted in Note 17, have a dilutive effect. Additionally, in the estimation of the diluted earnings per share, the potential dilution of the Convertible Note was estimated until February 14, 2024, date on which it was settled.
The information on earnings (loss) per share is shown below:
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Net loss available to Class A shares
Ps.
—
Ps.
(
306,153
)
Ps.
(
565,110
)
Weighted average Class A shares
(1)
—
12,000,000
12,000,000
Basic and diluted loss per Class A share
Ps.
—
Ps.
(
25.51
)
Ps.
(
47.09
)
Net income available to common stockholders (basic)
Ps.
334,422
Weighted average common shares
(2)
109,203,573
Basic earnings per common share
Ps.
3.06
Net income available to common stockholders (diluted)
Ps.
334,830
Diluted weighted average common shares
(2)
139,606,695
Diluted earnings per common share
Ps.
2.40
(1)
For the years ended on December 31, 2023 and 2022, the loss per share was estimated with the weighted average number of Class A shares, which totaled
4,000,000
shares. This estimation was based on the liquidity preference, as there is no contractual obligation for Class B, C, D, and E shares to absorb losses due to their differing liquidation rights. Furthermore, in January 2024, the Company enacted a
3
-for-1 split of its common shares, resulting in a retrospective adjustment to the Class A common shares, increasing their number of shares to
12,000,000
.
(2)
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the weighted average common shares was no longer based on liquidity preference since it no longer exist by a redesignation of the existing shares into Class A, B and C shares; thus, the weighted average common shares includes Class A, B and C shares considering the
3
- for-1 split of common shares occurred in January 2024.
Note 22 - Share-based payments:
As mentioned in Note 3.23, the Company has the following stock option plans:
2004 Option Plan
The maximum number of Class C common shares that may be issued under the 2004 Option Plan was
45,000,000
Class C common shares, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the 2004 Option Plan. As of December 31, 2024, a total of
40,943,724
Class C common shares were issuable upon the exercise of Stock Options granted under the 2004 Option Plan, of which
27,513,099
Class C common shares correspond to Stock Options that are fully vested. Of the
40,943,724
Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of Stock Options,
33,498,750
Class C common shares correspond to Common Options and
7,444,974
correspond to Exit Options, as described below.
The
tables below set forth the number of Class C common shares issuable upon the exercise of Common Options and Exit Options granted per year (net of forfeitures) and the weighted average strike prices of the Class C common
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
shares
subject to Common Options and Exit Options (considering the 3-for-1 share split effected in connection with the IPO).
Number of Common Options
2024
2023
2022
Outstanding as of January 1st
34,991,250
29,366,250
22,031,250
Granted during the year
—
6,270,000
7,335,000
Forfeited during the year
(
1,492,500
)
(
645,000
)
—
Outstanding as of December 31st
33,498,750
34,991,250
29,366,250
Exercisable as of December 31st
—
—
—
Weighted average strike price
US$
5.98
US$
6.02
US$
4.69
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 were
24 years
,
25
years, and
22 years
, respectively.
Number of Exit Options
2024
2023
2022
Outstanding as of January 1st
7,444,974
7,064,982
7,064,982
Granted during the year
—
379,992
—
Forfeited during the year
—
—
—
Outstanding as of December 31st
7,444,974
7,444,974
7,064,982
Exercisable as of December 31st
—
—
—
Weighted average strike price
US$
3.43
US$
3.43
US$
3.45
The weighted average remaining contractual life of Exit Options outstanding as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was
26
,
27
and
29 years
, respectively.
As part of the secondary offering mentioned in Note 24, an aggregate amount of
2,710,912
options were exercised and cancelled.
To determine the fair value of share-based payments related to the 2004 Option plan, management used the following valuation models and main assumptions:
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
Discounted cash flow - DCF:
(3)
Discount rate
(2)
12.50
%
15.30
%
Expected perpetuity growth
3.72
%
3.98
%
Option pricing model – OPM:
Discount rate
(2)
3.00
%
7.00
%
Volatility mainly
(1)
30.52
%
38.05
%
Binomial tree:
Discount rate
(2)
3.00
%
7.00
%
Volatility mainly
(1)
36.1
%
39.97
%
(1)
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of comparable entities within the industry, with a period of time equivalent to the estimated contractual life of the share options granted by the Company.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
(2)
The risk-free interest rates that were considered within the discount rates for the years 2023 and 2022 were
3.96
% and
3.45
%, respectively, which corresponded to the interpolated U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury yield as of the valuation date.
(3)
Given the Company has now an observable market price for its share price, the discounted cash flow model was no longer required.
Prior to the IPO, the fair value of the share options vested was determined using an option pricing model and a binomial tree valuation model, which considered the Company’s share price based on future discounted cash flows. Further to the IPO, given the Company has now an observable market price for its share price, the discounted cash flow model is no longer required. As of the date of valuation of each common option, the expected dividend yield was
0
%.
The following table illustrates the outstanding share options under the 2004 Option plan and the corresponding strike prices (considering the 3-for-1 share split effected in connection with the IPO) and the expiry dates:
Grant Date
December of
Number of outstanding
options granted – December 31
Strike Price
US Dollars
Average
option
fair value
at grant
date
(1)
Average
fair value
of share
at grant
date
Expiry Date,
December of
2024
2023
2022
2006
600,000
600,000
600,000
$
0.50
N/A
N/A
2036
2006
472,500
472,500
472,500
$
0.33
N/A
N/A
2036
2007
465,000
465,000
465,000
$
0.58
N/A
N/A
2037
2008
810,000
810,000
810,000
$
0.83
N/A
N/A
2038
2009
900,000
900,000
900,000
$
1.08
N/A
N/A
2039
2010
1,020,000
1,080,000
1,080,000
$
1.08
N/A
N/A
2040
2011
1,252,500
1,312,500
1,312,500
$
1.33
N/A
N/A
2041
2012
1,252,500
1,312,500
1,312,500
$
1.67
N/A
N/A
2042
2013
1,323,750
1,402,500
1,402,500
$
2.00
N/A
N/A
2043
2014
1,406,250
1,481,250
1,481,250
$
2.17
$
0.01
$
0.03
2044
2015
1,458,000
1,548,000
1,548,000
$
2.17
$
0.02
$
0.04
2045
2016
1,733,250
1,823,250
1,823,250
$
1.90
$
0.000030
$
0.000030
2046
2017
720,000
821,250
851,250
$
2.72
$
0.0002
$
0.0010
2047
2018
813,750
907,500
945,000
$
3.10
$
0.13
$
0.36
2048
2019
780,000
847,500
892,500
$
4.33
$
0.41
$
1.01
2049
2020
963,750
1,042,500
1,095,000
$
5.00
$
2.50
$
4.48
2050
2021
4,830,000
4,935,000
5,040,000
$
6.33
$
3.75
$
6.54
2051
2022
6,727,500
6,960,000
7,335,000
$
9.67
$
2.08
$
4.18
2052
2023
5,970,000
6,270,000
—
$
12.17
$
9.37
$
15.40
2053
33,498,750
34,991,250
29,366,250
(1)
The Company applied the exemption permitted by IFRS 1, First-time Adoption of IFRS, for share-based payments that were vested before the transition date and only applied IFRS 2 for the options granted in 2014 onwards. Therefore, the fair value of options granted from 2006 to 2013 has not been calculated nor recognized.
The following table illustrates the outstanding Exit options under the 2004 Option plan and the corresponding strike prices (considering the 3-for-1 share split effected in connection with the IPO) and the expiry dates:
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Grant Date
December of
Number of outstanding
options granted – December 31
Strike Price
US Dollars
Fair value at grant date
(1)
Expiry Date,
December of
2024
2023
2022
2020
3,034,992
3,034,992
3,034,992
$
2.37
$
3.04
2050
2020
3,129,990
3,129,990
3,129,990
$
3.67
$
2.77
2050
2021
900,000
900,000
900,000
$
6.33
$
3.84
2051
2023
189,996
189,996
—
$
2.37
$
2.68
2051
2023
189,996
189,996
—
$
3.67
$
2.53
2051
7,444,974
7,444,974
7,064,982
(1)
Due to the change in the estimated date of the IPO, the fair value of the options was recalculated. Previously, the fair values of the options were US$
3.02
(strike price US$
2.37
) and US$
2.76
(strike price US$
3.67
) for the 2020 grant, and US$
3.82
(strike price US$
6.33
) for the 2021 grant.
The expense related to share-based payments for both the Common options and Exit options, amounted to Ps.
495,972
, Ps.
384,566
and Ps.
303,789
, respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, and was recognized in administrative expenses.
Equity Incentive Plan
On December 10, 2024, the Company’s Board of directors approved the following awards under the new Equity Incentive Plan:
Number of stock options
(1)
Outstanding as of January 1, 2024
1,310,000
Granted during the year
—
Forfeited during the year
—
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024
1,310,000
Exercisable as of December 31, 2024
—
Weighted average strike price
US$
29.09
(1)
A pool of
1,320,000
stock options, each exercisable for one Class A common share, to the Company’s Senior Leadership, of which
1,310,000
have been granted.
These stock options vest over
four years
, with
25.0
% vesting at the end of each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of December 10, 2024 (the “Grant Date”).
The exercise price was US$
29.09
per share, the closing price of the Class A common share on the Grant Date.
Number of restricted stock units
(2)
Outstanding as of January 1, 2024
—
Granted during the year
585,000
Forfeited during the year
—
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024
585,000
Exercisable as of December 31, 2024
—
(2)
Each Restricted Stock Unit (RSUs) is equal to one Class A common share.
305,000
RSUs were g
ranted to senior management and certain Board members as a compensation bonus,
280,000
were granted to senior management as long-term incentives, and
20,000
RSUs were approved to compensate certain senior advisors, but they are not yet granted. The
305,000
RSUs are subject to a cliff-vesting over a
one-year
period, with
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
100
% of the total RSUs vesting in a single installment on
January 1, 2026
. The
280,000
RSUs vest over
three years
, with
33.33
% of the RSUs vesting at the end of the first, second and third anniversary of the Grant Date. The
20,000
RSUs will be subject to a cliff-vesting over a
one-year
period, with
100
% of the RSUs vesting in a single installment on the first anniversary of the respective grant date.
The expense related to share-based payments for the equity incentive plan amounted to Ps.
27,171
, in the year ended December 31, 2024, and was recognized in administrative expenses.
To determine the fair value of share-based payments related to the Equity Incentive Plan, management used the Binomial tree valuation model and the following assumptions:
For the year ended
December 31, 2024
Expected life of the share option or appreciation right
10
- years (*)
Volatility of the stock price of comparable companies
37.21
% (*)
*Same base as explained above to determine the fair value of the 2004 Option plan
The following table illustrates the outstanding equity incentive options under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan and the corresponding strike price and expiry date:
Grant date
December of
Number of outstanding
Options granted – December 31
2024
Strike price
US Dollars
Fair value at grant date
Expiry date,
December of
2024
1,310,000
$
29.09
$
13.92
2034
1,310,000
Note 23 - Segment information:
As mentioned in Note 3.20, segment information is presented in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the CEO, who is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM is responsible for strategic and operating decision-making, allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company. The CODM supervises the Company’s performance as a single business unit and makes strategic decisions as a whole over the operations of the Group as the Group operates in a single industry in Mexico. The CODM does not review assets at a different level or category than those disclosed in the consolidated statement of financial position. Based on those reasons, there is a single reportable segment in accordance with IFRS 8.
As the single reportable segment is the Group in its entirety and the accounting policies for this segment are the same as the Company’s accounting policies described in Note 3 - Summary of material accounting policies, there are no differences between the measurements of the Company’s single operating segment and the consolidated financial statements. Therefore, information about the profit or loss, assets, investments, expenditures and all other significant items of the Company’s
single
reportable segment can be found on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The information of revenues by products and services is shown below:
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Year ended December 31,
Products
2024
2023
2022
Branded
Ps.
23,264,743
Ps.
20,900,242
Ps.
16,817,176
Private label
30,737,804
20,466,545
13,859,748
Spot
3,255,961
2,557,310
1,739,956
Other
74,819
63,706
55,697
Total
Ps.
57,333,327
Ps.
43,987,803
Ps.
32,472,577
Branded products are well known national and international brand label goods that the Company offers at the lowest sustainable price in the market to attract customers and drive traffic. Private label products are products that the Company has developed and which the Company believes are of comparable or better quality than the equivalent branded alternative offered at the Company’s stores. Spot products are quality food and non-food products that the Company offers in addition to its regularly stocked products. These are offered in limited amounts and offer exceptional value. The selection changes every two weeks on average.
Note 24 - Sub
seq
uent events:
Secondary offering
On February 5, 2025, BBB Foods Inc. announced the offering of
21,000,000
Class A common shares by certain selling stockholders at a public offering price of $
28.25
per Class A common share. In connection with the offering, the selling stockholders granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to
3,150,000
additional Class A common shares. On February 21, 2025, the underwriters exercised their option and purchased an additional
2,338,431
Class A common shares. Including the additional Class A common shares, a total of
23,338,431
Class A common shares were sold in the offering. The majority of the transaction involved shares owned by the company's original stockholders, and the Company did
no
t receive any proceeds from the sale of such shares.
The selling stockholders also included holders of stock options that decided to sell a portion of their shares that were exercisable at the date of the secondary offering, under the terms of the stock option plan. In these exercises, each participating option holder tendered to the Company for cancellation a certain number of options with the aggregate value of the strike price owed by such option holder. All of the shares received by the options holders were sold in the offering. The above resulted in an increase to the Company's capital stock by Ps.
11,248,071
in respect of the issuance of
2,222,705
new Class A shares.
On January 29, 2025 some former directors of Company's Board exercised options, which resulted in an increase to Company's capital stock by Ps.
18,432,760
in respect of the issuance of
343,348
new Class C shares.
Following the secondary offering, the Company’s capital stock and series of shares are as shown below:
Description
Number of shares
Total value
Class A
62,048,108
Ps.
7,962,984
Class B
5,200,000
19,569
Class C
47,518,697
330,475
Total
114,766,805
Ps.
8,313,028
Recoverable amount from the insurer related to the Hurricane Otis
As mentioned in Note 1, in April 2025, the insurer agreed to settle Tiendas 3 B an amount of Ps
.40
million in connection with damages caused by Hurricane Otis in 2023.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Note 25 - Contingencies:
The Company is involved in several lawsuits and claims derived from the ordinary course of business. It is expected that the outcome of these matters will not have significant adverse effects on the Company's financial position or future consolidated results of operations.
(We are using algorithms to extract and display detailed data. This is a hard problem and we are working continuously to classify data in an accurate and useful manner.)